easy-imgui-sys 0.24.0

// dear imgui, v1.92.9b
// (internal structures/api)

// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility.

/*

Index of this file:

// [SECTION] Header mess
// [SECTION] Forward declarations
// [SECTION] Context pointer
// [SECTION] STB libraries includes
// [SECTION] Macros
// [SECTION] Generic helpers
// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
// [SECTION] Style support
// [SECTION] Data types support
// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
// [SECTION] Popup support
// [SECTION] Inputs support
// [SECTION] Clipper support
// [SECTION] Navigation support
// [SECTION] Typing-select support
// [SECTION] Columns support
// [SECTION] Box-select support
// [SECTION] Multi-select support
// [SECTION] Docking support
// [SECTION] Viewport support
// [SECTION] Settings support
// [SECTION] Localization support
// [SECTION] Error handling, State recovery support
// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools
// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context)
// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
// [SECTION] Table support + internal API
// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
// [SECTION] ImFontLoader
// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)

*/

#pragma once
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Header mess
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#ifndef IMGUI_VERSION
#include "imgui.h"
#endif

#include <stdio.h>      // FILE*, sscanf
#include <stdlib.h>     // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof
#include <math.h>       // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf
#include <limits.h>     // INT_MIN, INT_MAX

// Enable SSE intrinsics if available
#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64 || (defined(_M_IX86_FP) && (_M_IX86_FP >= 1))) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE) && !defined(_M_ARM64) && !defined(_M_ARM64EC)
#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
#include <immintrin.h>
#if (defined __AVX__ || defined __SSE4_2__)
#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE4_2
#include <nmmintrin.h>
#endif
#endif
// Emscripten has partial SSE 4.2 support where _mm_crc32_u32 is not available. See https://emscripten.org/docs/porting/simd.html#id11 and #8213
#if defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE4_2) && !defined(IMGUI_USE_LEGACY_CRC32_ADLER) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE4_2_CRC
#endif

// Visual Studio warnings
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (push)
#pragma warning (disable: 4251)     // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
#pragma warning (disable: 26495)    // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
#pragma warning (disable: 26812)    // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
#pragma warning (disable: 5054)     // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
#endif
#endif

// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
#if defined(__clang__)
#pragma clang diagnostic push
#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
#endif
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloor()
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn"               // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn'
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier"            // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnontrivial-memaccess"           // warning: first argument in call to 'memset' is a pointer to non-trivially copyable type
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#pragma GCC diagnostic push
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                      // warning: comparing floating-point with '==' or '!=' is unsafe
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"                  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"  // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                  // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may change the sign of the result
#endif

// In 1.89.4, we moved the implementation of "courtesy maths operators" from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h
// As they are frequently requested, we do not want to encourage to many people using imgui_internal.h
#if defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS) && !defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED)
#error Please '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' _BEFORE_ including imgui.h!
#endif

// Legacy defines
#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS            // Renamed in 1.74
#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
#endif
#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS                     // Renamed in 1.74
#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
#endif

// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled.
// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together.
#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
#endif

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Forward declarations
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Utilities
// (other types which are not forwarded declared are: ImBitArray<>, ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<>, ImStableVector<>, ImPool<>, ImChunkStream<>)
struct ImBitVector;                 // Store 1-bit per value
struct ImRect;                      // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points)
struct ImGuiTextIndex;              // Maintain a line index for a text buffer.
struct ImGuiPackedDate;             // A date in YYYYMMDD format packed into 16-bits

// ImDrawList/ImFontAtlas
struct ImDrawDataBuilder;           // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance
struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
struct ImFontAtlasBuilder;          // Internal storage for incrementally packing and building a ImFontAtlas
struct ImFontAtlasPostProcessData;  // Data available to potential texture post-processing functions
struct ImFontAtlasRectEntry;        // Packed rectangle lookup entry

// ImGui
struct ImGuiBoxSelectState;         // Box-selection state (currently used by multi-selection, could potentially be used by others)
struct ImGuiColorMod;               // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
struct ImGuiContext;                // Main Dear ImGui context
struct ImGuiContextHook;            // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine
struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo;           // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum
struct ImGuiDeactivatedItemData;    // Data for IsItemDeactivated()/IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
struct ImGuiDockContext;            // Docking system context
struct ImGuiDockRequest;            // Docking system dock/undock queued request
struct ImGuiDockNode;               // Docking system node (hold a list of Windows OR two child dock nodes)
struct ImGuiDockNodeSettings;       // Storage for a dock node in .ini file (we preserve those even if the associated dock node isn't active during the session)
struct ImGuiErrorRecoveryState;     // Storage of stack sizes for error handling and recovery
struct ImGuiGroupData;              // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
struct ImGuiInputTextState;         // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
struct ImGuiInputTextDeactivateData;// Short term storage to backup text of a deactivating InputText() while another is stealing active id
struct ImGuiLastItemData;           // Status storage for last submitted items
struct ImGuiLocEntry;               // A localization entry.
struct ImGuiMenuColumns;            // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only
struct ImGuiMultiSelectState;       // Multi-selection persistent state (for focused selection).
struct ImGuiMultiSelectTempData;    // Multi-selection temporary state (while traversing).
struct ImGuiNavItemData;            // Result of a keyboard/gamepad directional navigation move query result
struct ImGuiMetricsConfig;          // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions
struct ImGuiNextWindowData;         // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
struct ImGuiNextItemData;           // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
struct ImGuiOldColumnData;          // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api
struct ImGuiOldColumns;             // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api
struct ImGuiPopupData;              // Storage for current popup stack
struct ImGuiSettingsHandler;        // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file
struct ImGuiStyleMod;               // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo;           // Style variable information (e.g. to access style variables from an enum)
struct ImGuiTabBar;                 // Storage for a tab bar
struct ImGuiTabItem;                // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar)
struct ImGuiTable;                  // Storage for a table
struct ImGuiTableHeaderData;        // Storage for TableAngledHeadersRow()
struct ImGuiTableColumn;            // Storage for one column of a table
struct ImGuiTableInstanceData;      // Storage for one instance of a same table
struct ImGuiTableTempData;          // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables.
struct ImGuiTableSettings;          // Storage for a table .ini settings
struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings;   // Storage for a column .ini settings
struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData;      // Temporary storage for TreeNode().
struct ImGuiTypingSelectState;      // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest()
struct ImGuiTypingSelectRequest;    // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() (aimed to be public)
struct ImGuiWindow;                 // Storage for one window
struct ImGuiWindowDockStyle;        // Storage for window-style data which needs to be stored for docking purpose
struct ImGuiWindowTempData;         // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window)
struct ImGuiWindowSettings;         // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session)

// Enumerations
// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
enum ImGuiLocKey : int;                 // -> enum ImGuiLocKey              // Enum: a localization entry for translation.
typedef unsigned int ImGuiDataAuthority;// -> enum ImGuiDataAuthority_      // Enum: for storing the source authority (dock node vs window) of a field
typedef int ImGuiLayoutType;            // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_         // Enum: Horizontal or vertical

// Flags
typedef int ImDrawTextFlags;            // -> enum ImDrawTextFlags_         // Flags: for ImTextCalcWordWrapPositionEx()
typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags;         // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_      // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later)
typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags;         // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_      // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags
typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_  // Flags: for FocusWindow()
typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_    // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_     // Flags: for BeginColumns()
typedef int ImGuiLogFlags;              // -> enum ImGuiLogFlags_           // Flags: for LogBegin() text capturing function
typedef int ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags;  // -> enum ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_//Flags: for RenderNavCursor()
typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_       // Flags: for navigation requests
typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_  // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions
typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags;   // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions
typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags;           // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_        // Flags: for ScrollToItem() and navigation requests
typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_     // Flags: for SeparatorEx()
typedef int ImGuiTextFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_          // Flags: for TextEx()
typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_       // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx()
typedef int ImGuiTypingSelectFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_  // Flags: for GetTypingSelectRequest()
typedef int ImGuiWindowBgClickFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiWindowBgClickFlags_ // Flags: for overriding behavior of clicking on window background/void.
typedef int ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy()

// Table column indexing
typedef ImS16 ImGuiTableColumnIdx;
typedef ImU16 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx;

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Context pointer
// See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#ifndef GImGui
extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui;  // Current implicit context pointer
#endif

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Macros
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Internal Drag and Drop payload types. String starting with '_' are reserved for Dear ImGui.
#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW       "_IMWINDOW"     // Payload == ImGuiWindow*

// Debug Printing Into TTY
// (since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18729: IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG was reworked into IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF (and removed framecount from it). If you were using a #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG please rename)
#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...)    printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__)
#else
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...)    ((void)0)
#endif
#endif

// Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam.
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ERROR(...)      do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError)       IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); else g.DebugLogSkippedErrors++; } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...)   do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId)    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...)      do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus)       IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...)      do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup)       IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...)        do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav)         IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...)  do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection)   IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_TABLE(...)      do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventTable)       IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...)    do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper)     IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...)         do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO)          IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FONT(...)       do { ImGuiContext* g2 = GImGui; if (g2 && g2->DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFont) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) // Called from ImFontAtlas function which may operate without a context.
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING(...) do{if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting)IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(...)    do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking)     IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT(...)   do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport)    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)

// Debug options (also see ones on top of imgui.cpp)
//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_BOXSELECT

// Static Asserts
#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         static_assert(_COND, "")

// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much.
// We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code.
//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)       IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)
#else
#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)
#endif

// Misc Macros
#define IM_PI                           3.14159265358979323846f
#ifdef _WIN32
#define IM_NEWLINE                      "\r\n"   // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!)
#else
#define IM_NEWLINE                      "\n"
#endif
#ifndef IM_TABSIZE                      // Until we move this to runtime and/or add proper tab support, at least allow users to compile-time override
#define IM_TABSIZE                      (4)
#endif
#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN)        (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1))           // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8
#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL)    ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f)))   // Unsaturated, for display purpose
#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL)        ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f))               // Saturated, always output 0..255
#define IM_TRUNC(_VAL)                  ((float)(int)(_VAL))                                    // Positive values only! ImTrunc() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds
#define IM_ROUND(_VAL)                  ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f))                           // Positive values only! 
//#define IM_FLOOR IM_TRUNC             // [OBSOLETE] Renamed in 1.90.0 (Sept 2023)

// Hint for branch prediction
#if (defined(__cplusplus) && (__cplusplus >= 202002L)) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && (_MSVC_LANG >= 202002L))
#define IM_LIKELY   [[likely]]
#define IM_UNLIKELY [[unlikely]]
#else
#define IM_LIKELY
#define IM_UNLIKELY
#endif

// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl
#else
#define IMGUI_CDECL
#endif

// Warnings
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX)  __pragma(warning(suppress: XXXX))
#else
#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX)
#endif

// Debug Tools
// Use 'Metrics/Debugger->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item.
// This will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() which you may redefine yourself. See https://github.com/scottt/debugbreak for more reference.
#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
#if defined (_MSC_VER)
#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __debugbreak()
#elif defined(__clang__)
#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __builtin_debugtrap()
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))
#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile("int3;nop")
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__)
#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01")
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__)
#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0")
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__aarch64__)
#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xd4200000")    // GDB needs 'set $pc=($pc+4)' to skip this :(
#else
#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK()    IM_ASSERT(0)    // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger!
#endif
#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK

// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized...
// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from <inttypes.h> (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself.
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
#define IM_PRId64   "I64d"
#define IM_PRIu64   "I64u"
#define IM_PRIX64   "I64X"
#else
#define IM_PRId64   "lld"
#define IM_PRIu64   "llu"
#define IM_PRIX64   "llX"
#endif

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Generic helpers
// Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions.
// ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// - Helpers: Hashing
// - Helpers: Sorting
// - Helpers: Bit manipulation
// - Helpers: String
// - Helpers: Formatting
// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
// - Helpers: Maths
// - Helpers: Geometry
// - Helper: ImVec1
// - Helper: ImVec2ih
// - Helper: ImRect
// - Helper: ImBitArray
// - Helper: ImBitVector
// - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<>
// - Helper: ImStableVector<>
// - Helper: ImPool<>
// - Helper: ImChunkStream<>
// - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex
// - Helper: ImGuiStorage
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Helpers: Hashing
IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed = 0);
IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImGuiID seed = 0);
IMGUI_API const char*   ImHashSkipUncontributingPrefix(const char* label);

// Helpers: Sorting
#ifndef ImQsort
inline void             ImQsort(void* base, size_t count, size_t size_of_element, int(IMGUI_CDECL *compare_func)(void const*, void const*)) { if (count > 1) qsort(base, count, size_of_element, compare_func); }
#endif

// Helpers: Color Blending
IMGUI_API ImU32         ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b);

// Helpers: Bit manipulation
inline bool             ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v)               { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
inline bool             ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v)             { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
inline int              ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v)            { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; }
inline unsigned int     ImCountSetBits(unsigned int v)      { unsigned int count = 0; while (v > 0) { v = v & (v - 1); count++; } return count; }

// Helpers: String
#define ImStrlen strlen
#define ImMemchr memchr
IMGUI_API int           ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2);                      // Case insensitive compare.
IMGUI_API int           ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count);       // Case insensitive compare to a certain count.
IMGUI_API void          ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count);                // Copy to a certain count and always zero terminate (strncpy doesn't).
IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdup(const char* str);                                          // Duplicate a string.
IMGUI_API void*         ImMemdup(const void* src, size_t size);                             // Duplicate a chunk of memory.
IMGUI_API char*         ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str);        // Copy in provided buffer, recreate buffer if needed.
IMGUI_API const char*   ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c);  // Find first occurrence of 'c' in string range.
IMGUI_API const char*   ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end);                // End end-of-line
IMGUI_API const char*   ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end);  // Find a substring in a string range.
IMGUI_API void          ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str);                                         // Remove leading and trailing blanks from a buffer.
IMGUI_API const char*   ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str);                                    // Find first non-blank character.
IMGUI_API int           ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str);                                      // Computer string length (ImWchar string)
IMGUI_API const char*   ImStrbol(const char* buf_mid_line, const char* buf_begin);          // Find beginning-of-line
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
inline char             ImToUpper(char c)               { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; }
inline bool             ImCharIsBlankA(char c)          { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
inline bool             ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c)  { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
inline bool             ImCharIsXdigitA(char c)         { return (c >= '0' && c <= '9') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); }
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE

// Helpers: Formatting
IMGUI_API int           ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
IMGUI_API int           ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
IMGUI_API void          ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
IMGUI_API void          ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format);
IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format);
IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size);
IMGUI_API void          ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size);
IMGUI_API const char*   ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size);
IMGUI_API int           ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value);

// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c);                                                      // return output UTF-8 bytes count
IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);   // return output UTF-8 bytes count
IMGUI_API int           ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);               // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count
IMGUI_API int           ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL);   // return input UTF-8 bytes count
IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                                 // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                             // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                        // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
IMGUI_API const char*   ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_p);                           // return previous UTF-8 code-point.
IMGUI_API const char*   ImTextFindValidUtf8CodepointEnd(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_end, const char* in_p);  // return previous UTF-8 code-point if 'in_p' is not the end of a valid one.
IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                                         // return number of lines taken by text. trailing carriage return doesn't count as an extra line.

// Helpers: High-level text functions (DO NOT USE!!! THIS IS A MINIMAL SUBSET OF LARGER UPCOMING CHANGES)
enum ImDrawTextFlags_
{
    ImDrawTextFlags_None                = 0,
    ImDrawTextFlags_CpuFineClip         = 1 << 0,    // Must be == 1/true for legacy with 'bool cpu_fine_clip' arg to RenderText()
    ImDrawTextFlags_WrapKeepBlanks      = 1 << 1,
    ImDrawTextFlags_StopOnNewLine       = 1 << 2,
};
IMGUI_API ImVec2        ImFontCalcTextSizeEx(ImFont* font, float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end_display, const char* text_end, const char** out_remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, ImDrawTextFlags flags);
IMGUI_API const char*   ImFontCalcWordWrapPositionEx(ImFont* font, float size, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, ImDrawTextFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API const char*   ImTextCalcWordWrapNextLineStart(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImDrawTextFlags flags = 0); // trim trailing space and find beginning of next line

// Character classification for word-wrapping logic
enum ImWcharClass
{
    ImWcharClass_Blank, ImWcharClass_Punct, ImWcharClass_Other
};
IMGUI_API void          ImTextInitClassifiers();
IMGUI_API void          ImTextClassifierClear(ImU32* bits, unsigned int codepoint_min, unsigned int codepoint_end, ImWcharClass char_class);
IMGUI_API void          ImTextClassifierSetCharClass(ImU32* bits, unsigned int codepoint_min, unsigned int codepoint_end, ImWcharClass char_class, unsigned int c);
IMGUI_API void          ImTextClassifierSetCharClassFromStr(ImU32* bits, unsigned int codepoint_min, unsigned int codepoint_end, ImWcharClass char_class, const char* s);

// Helpers: File System
#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
typedef void* ImFileHandle;
inline ImFileHandle         ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*)                    { return NULL; }
inline bool                 ImFileClose(ImFileHandle)                               { return false; }
inline ImU64                ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle)                             { return (ImU64)-1; }
inline ImU64                ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)           { return 0; }
inline ImU64                ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle)    { return 0; }
#endif
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
typedef FILE* ImFileHandle;
IMGUI_API ImFileHandle      ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode);
IMGUI_API bool              ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file);
IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file);
IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
IMGUI_API ImU64             ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
#else
#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions
#endif
IMGUI_API void*             ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);

// Helpers: Maths
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
#define ImFabs(X)           fabsf(X)
#define ImSqrt(X)           sqrtf(X)
#define ImFmod(X, Y)        fmodf((X), (Y))
#define ImCos(X)            cosf(X)
#define ImSin(X)            sinf(X)
#define ImAcos(X)           acosf(X)
#define ImAtan2(Y, X)       atan2f((Y), (X))
#define ImAtof(STR)         atof(STR)
#define ImCeil(X)           ceilf(X)
inline float  ImPow(float x, float y)    { return powf(x, y); }          // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision
inline double ImPow(double x, double y)  { return pow(x, y); }
inline float  ImLog(float x)             { return logf(x); }             // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision
inline double ImLog(double x)            { return log(x); }
inline int    ImAbs(int x)               { return x < 0 ? -x : x; }
inline float  ImAbs(float x)             { return fabsf(x); }
inline double ImAbs(double x)            { return fabs(x); }
inline float  ImSign(float x)            { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : (x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument
inline double ImSign(double x)           { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : (x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0; }
#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
inline float  ImRsqrt(float x)           { return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x))); }
#else
inline float  ImRsqrt(float x)           { return 1.0f / sqrtf(x); }
#endif
inline double ImRsqrt(double x)          { return 1.0 / sqrt(x); }
#endif
// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double
// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types)
template<typename T> T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs)                              { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
template<typename T> T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs)                              { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
template<typename T> T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx)                         { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
template<typename T> T ImLerp(double a, double b, float t)              { return (T)(a + (b - a) * (double)t); }
template<typename T> T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t)                        { return (T)((float)a + (float)(b - a) * t); }
template<typename T> void ImSwap(T& a, T& b)                            { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; }
template<typename T> T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)         { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; }
template<typename T> T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)         { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; }
// - Misc maths helpers
inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)               { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)               { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2&mn, const ImVec2&mx){ return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); }
inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t)         { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); }
inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); }
inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t)         { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); }
inline float  ImSaturate(float f)                                       { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; }
inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs)                            { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); }
inline float  ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs)                            { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); }
inline float  ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value)          { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; }
inline float  ImTrunc(float f)                                          { return (float)(int)(f); }
inline ImVec2 ImTrunc(const ImVec2& v)                                  { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); }
inline float  ImFloor(float f)                                          { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf()
inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v)                                  { return ImVec2(ImFloor(v.x), ImFloor(v.y)); }
inline float  ImTrunc64(float f)                                        { return (float)(ImS64)(f); }
inline float  ImRound64(float f)                                        { return (float)(ImS64)(f + 0.5f); } // FIXME: Positive values only.
inline float  ImCeilFast(float f)                                       { int i = (int)f; return (float)(i + (f > (float)i)); } // Consider using the the bit-hack version (search for "0x1p120f").
inline int    ImModPositive(int a, int b)                               { return (a + b) % b; }
inline float  ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b)                   { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; }
inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a)       { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); }
inline float  ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed)   { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; }
inline float  ImLinearRemapClamp(float s0, float s1, float d0, float d1, float x) { return ImSaturate((x - s0) / (s1 - s0)) * (d1 - d0) + d0; }
inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)               { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
inline bool   ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f)         { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; }
inline float  ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n){ avg -= avg / (float)n; avg += sample / (float)n; return avg; }
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE

// Helpers: Geometry
IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t);
IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments);       // For curves with explicit number of segments
IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol
IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t);
IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p);
IMGUI_API bool       ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
IMGUI_API void       ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w);
inline float         ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)          { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; }
inline bool          ImTriangleIsClockwise(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)   { return ((b.x - a.x) * (c.y - b.y)) - ((c.x - b.x) * (b.y - a.y)) > 0.0f; }

// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector)
// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches)
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
struct ImVec1
{
    float   x;
    constexpr ImVec1()         : x(0.0f) { }
    constexpr ImVec1(float _x) : x(_x) { }
};

// Helper: ImVec2i (2D vector, integer)
struct ImVec2i
{
    int         x, y;
    constexpr ImVec2i()                             : x(0), y(0) {}
    constexpr ImVec2i(int _x, int _y)               : x(_x), y(_y) {}
};

// Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage)
struct ImVec2ih
{
    short   x, y;
    constexpr ImVec2ih()                           : x(0), y(0) {}
    constexpr ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y)         : x(_x), y(_y) {}
    constexpr explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) : x((short)rhs.x), y((short)rhs.y) {}
};

// Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box)
// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here!
struct IMGUI_API ImRect
{
    ImVec2      Min;    // Upper-left
    ImVec2      Max;    // Lower-right

    constexpr ImRect()                                        : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f)  {}
    constexpr ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max)    : Min(min), Max(max)                {}
    constexpr ImRect(const ImVec4& v)                         : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w)      {}
    constexpr ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2)  : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2)          {}

    ImVec2      GetCenter() const                   { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); }
    ImVec2      GetSize() const                     { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); }
    float       GetWidth() const                    { return Max.x - Min.x; }
    float       GetHeight() const                   { return Max.y - Min.y; }
    float       GetArea() const                     { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); }
    ImVec2      GetTL() const                       { return Min; }                   // Top-left
    ImVec2      GetTR() const                       { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); }  // Top-right
    ImVec2      GetBL() const                       { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); }  // Bottom-left
    ImVec2      GetBR() const                       { return Max; }                   // Bottom-right
    bool        Contains(const ImVec2& p) const     { return p.x     >= Min.x && p.y     >= Min.y && p.x     <  Max.x && p.y     <  Max.y; }
    bool        Contains(const ImRect& r) const     { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; }
    bool        ContainsWithPad(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& pad) const { return p.x >= Min.x - pad.x && p.y >= Min.y - pad.y && p.x < Max.x + pad.x && p.y < Max.y + pad.y; }
    bool        Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const     { return r.Min.y <  Max.y && r.Max.y >  Min.y && r.Min.x <  Max.x && r.Max.x >  Min.x; }
    void        Add(const ImVec2& p)                { if (Min.x > p.x)     Min.x = p.x;     if (Min.y > p.y)     Min.y = p.y;     if (Max.x < p.x)     Max.x = p.x;     if (Max.y < p.y)     Max.y = p.y; }
    void        Add(const ImRect& r)                { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; }
    void        AddX(float x)                       { if (Min.x > x)       Min.x = x;       if (Max.x < x)       Max.x = x; }
    void        AddY(float y)                       { if (Min.y > y)       Min.y = y;       if (Max.y < y)       Max.y = y; }
    void        Expand(const float amount)          { Min.x -= amount;   Min.y -= amount;   Max.x += amount;   Max.y += amount; }
    void        Expand(const ImVec2& amount)        { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; }
    void        Translate(const ImVec2& d)          { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; }
    void        TranslateX(float dx)                { Min.x += dx; Max.x += dx; }
    void        TranslateY(float dy)                { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; }
    void        ClipWith(const ImRect& r)           { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); }                   // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display.
    void        ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r)       { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped.
    bool        IsInverted() const                  { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; }
    ImVec4      ToVec4() const                      { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); }
    const ImVec4& AsVec4() const                    { return *(const ImVec4*)&Min.x; }
};

// Helper: ImBitArray
#define         IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(_ARRAY, _N)                 ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] & ((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))) != 0) // Macro version of ImBitArrayTestBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
#define         IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(_ARRAY, _N)                ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] &= ~((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))))    // Macro version of ImBitArrayClearBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
inline size_t   ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(int bitcount)   { return (size_t)((bitcount + 31) >> 5) << 2; }
inline void     ImBitArrayClearAllBits(ImU32* arr, int bitcount){ memset(arr, 0, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(bitcount)); }
inline bool     ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n)      { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; }
inline void     ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n)           { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; }
inline void     ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n)             { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; }
inline void     ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2)
{
    n2--;
    while (n <= n2)
    {
        int a_mod = (n & 31);
        int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1;
        ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1);
        arr[n >> 5] |= mask;
        n = (n + 32) & ~31;
    }
}

typedef ImU32* ImBitArrayPtr; // Name for use in structs

// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions)
// Store 1-bit per value.
template<int BITCOUNT, int OFFSET = 0>
struct ImBitArray
{
    ImU32           Data[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5];
    ImBitArray()                                { ClearAllBits(); }
    void            ClearAllBits()              { memset(Data, 0, sizeof(Data)); }
    void            SetAllBits()                { memset(Data, 255, sizeof(Data)); }
    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Data, n); }
    void            SetBit(int n)               { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Data, n); }
    void            ClearBit(int n)             { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Data, n); }
    void            SetBitRange(int n, int n2)  { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Data, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2)
    bool            operator[](int n) const     { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Data, n); }
};

// Helper: ImBitVector
// Store 1-bit per value.
struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector
{
    ImVector<ImU32> Storage;
    void            Create(int sz)              { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); }
    void            Clear()                     { Storage.clear(); }
    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage.Data, n); }
    void            SetBit(int n)               { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); }
    void            ClearBit(int n)             { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); }
};
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE

// Helper: ImSpan<>
// Pointing to a span of data we don't own.
template<typename T>
struct ImSpan
{
    T*                  Data;
    T*                  DataEnd;

    // Constructors, destructor
    inline ImSpan()                                 { Data = DataEnd = NULL; }
    inline ImSpan(T* data, int size)                { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; }
    inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end)             { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; }

    inline void         set(T* data, int size)      { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; }
    inline void         set(T* data, T* data_end)   { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; }
    inline void         clear()                     { Data = DataEnd = NULL; }
    inline bool         empty() const               { return Data == DataEnd; }
    inline int          size() const                { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); }
    inline int          size_in_bytes() const       { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); }
    inline T&           operator[](int i)           { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }
    inline const T&     operator[](int i) const     { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }

    inline T*           begin()                     { return Data; }
    inline const T*     begin() const               { return Data; }
    inline T*           end()                       { return DataEnd; }
    inline const T*     end() const                 { return DataEnd; }

    // Utilities
    inline int  index_from_ptr(const T* it) const   { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
};

// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<>
// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena")
// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges.
template<int CHUNKS>
struct ImSpanAllocator
{
    char*   BasePtr;
    int     CurrOff;
    int     CurrIdx;
    int     Offsets[CHUNKS];
    int     Sizes[CHUNKS];

    ImSpanAllocator()                               { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
    inline void  Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; }
    inline int   GetArenaSizeInBytes()              { return CurrOff; }
    inline void  SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr)    { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; }
    inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n)             { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); }
    inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n)               { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); }
    template<typename T>
    inline void  GetSpan(int n, ImSpan<T>* span)    { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); }
};

// Helper: ImStableVector<>
// Allocating chunks of BLOCKSIZE items. Objects pointers are never invalidated when growing, only by clear().
// Important: does not destruct anything!
// Implemented only the minimum set of functions we need for it.
template<typename T, int BLOCKSIZE>
struct ImStableVector
{
    int                 Size = 0;
    int                 Capacity = 0;
    ImVector<T*>        Blocks;

    // Functions
    inline ~ImStableVector()                        { for (T* block : Blocks) IM_FREE(block); }

    inline void         clear()                     { Size = Capacity = 0; Blocks.clear_delete(); }
    inline void         resize(int new_size)        { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(new_size); Size = new_size; }
    inline void         reserve(int new_cap)
    {
        new_cap = IM_MEMALIGN(new_cap, BLOCKSIZE);
        int old_count = Capacity / BLOCKSIZE;
        int new_count = new_cap / BLOCKSIZE;
        if (new_count <= old_count)
            return;
        Blocks.resize(new_count);
        for (int n = old_count; n < new_count; n++)
            Blocks[n] = (T*)IM_ALLOC(sizeof(T) * BLOCKSIZE);
        Capacity = new_cap;
    }
    inline T&           operator[](int i)           { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Blocks[i / BLOCKSIZE][i % BLOCKSIZE]; }
    inline const T&     operator[](int i) const     { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Blocks[i / BLOCKSIZE][i % BLOCKSIZE]; }
    inline T*           push_back(const T& v)       { int i = Size; IM_ASSERT(i >= 0); if (Size == Capacity) reserve(Capacity + BLOCKSIZE); void* ptr = &Blocks[i / BLOCKSIZE][i % BLOCKSIZE]; memcpy(ptr, &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return (T*)ptr; }
};

// Helper: ImPool<>
// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer,
// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object.
typedef int ImPoolIdx;
template<typename T>
struct ImPool
{
    ImVector<T>     Buf;        // Contiguous data
    ImGuiStorage    Map;        // ID->Index
    ImPoolIdx       FreeIdx;    // Next free idx to use
    ImPoolIdx       AliveCount; // Number of active/alive items (for display purpose)

    ImPool()    { FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
    ~ImPool()   { Clear(); }
    T*          GetByKey(ImGuiID key)               { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; }
    T*          GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n)             { return &Buf[n]; }
    ImPoolIdx   GetIndex(const T* p) const          { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); }
    T*          GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key)          { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); }
    bool        Contains(const T* p) const          { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
    void        Clear()                             { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
    T*          Add()                               { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); AliveCount++; return &Buf[idx]; }
    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p)     { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); }
    void        Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx)  { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); AliveCount--; }
    void        Reserve(int capacity)               { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); }

    // To iterate a ImPool: for (int n = 0; n < pool.GetMapSize(); n++) if (T* t = pool.TryGetMapData(n)) { ... }
    // Can be avoided if you know .Remove() has never been called on the pool, or AliveCount == GetMapSize()
    int         GetAliveCount() const               { return AliveCount; }      // Number of active/alive items in the pool (for display purpose)
    int         GetBufSize() const                  { return Buf.Size; }
    int         GetMapSize() const                  { return Map.Data.Size; }   // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere
    T*          TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n)          { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(idx); }
};

// Helper: ImChunkStream<>
// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures.
// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count.
// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries.
// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings.
template<typename T>
struct ImChunkStream
{
    ImVector<char>  Buf;

    void    clear()                     { Buf.clear(); }
    bool    empty() const               { return Buf.Size == 0; }
    int     size() const                { return Buf.Size; }
    T*      alloc_chunk(size_t sz)      { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); }
    T*      begin()                     { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); }
    T*      next_chunk(T* p)            { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; }
    int     chunk_size(const T* p)      { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; }
    T*      end()                       { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
    int     offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; }
    T*      ptr_from_offset(int off)    { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); }
    void    swap(ImChunkStream<T>& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); }
};

// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex
// Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API.
struct ImGuiTextIndex
{
    ImVector<int>   Offsets;
    int             EndOffset = 0;                          // Because we don't own text buffer we need to maintain EndOffset (may bake in LineOffsets?)

    void            clear()                                 { Offsets.clear(); EndOffset = 0; }
    int             size()                                  { return Offsets.Size; }
    const char*     get_line_begin(const char* base, int n) { return base + (Offsets.Size != 0 ? Offsets[n] : 0); }
    const char*     get_line_end(const char* base, int n)   { return base + (n + 1 < Offsets.Size ? (Offsets[n + 1] - 1) : EndOffset); }
    void            append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size);
};

// Helper: ImGuiPackedDate (sizeof() == 2)
// Store a date in a way that is efficient to read/write in text form. If we stored e.g. number of days since Epoch we'd need costlier back and forth.
// This is specifically designed to be able to prune old .ini data.
struct ImGuiPackedDate
{
    ImU16   Year : 7;   // Year since 2000      // We can change to another offset e.g. 1970 but this is easier to watch in debugger.
    ImU16   Month : 4;  // Month (1-12)
    ImU16   Day : 5;    // Day (1-31)

    ImGuiPackedDate()                           { Year = Month = Day = 0; }
    ImGuiPackedDate(int yyyymmdd)               { Year = (ImU16)((yyyymmdd / 10000) - 2000); Month = (ImU16)((yyyymmdd / 100) % 100); Day = (ImU16)(yyyymmdd % 100); } // Pack
    bool                IsValid()               { return (Year && Month && Day); }
    int                 Unpack() const          { return (Year && Month && Day) ? ((Year + 2000) * 10000) + (Month * 100) + Day : 0; }      // Unpack
    void                SubtractMonths(int m)   { while (m > 0) { Year -= Month == 1; Month = (Month == 1) ? 12 : Month - 1; m--; } }       // FIXME-OPT: Stupid but enough for what we do with it.
};

// Helper: ImGuiStorage
IMGUI_API ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key);

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value.
// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693
// Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation:
//   N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) )     where r > 0, error <= r
// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is
// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will
// will get this result.
//
// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce
// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.)
#define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V)                                  ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2)
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN                     4
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX                     512
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR)    ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX)

// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'.
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR)    ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))))
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD)     ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD))

// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle.
#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE
#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE                          48 // Number of samples in lookup table.
#endif
#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX                          IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle.

// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
// Conceptually this could have been called e.g. ImDrawListSharedContext
// Typically one ImGui context would create and maintain one of this.
// You may want to create your own instance of you try to ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure.
struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData
{
    ImVec2          TexUvWhitePixel;            // UV of white pixel in the atlas (== FontAtlas->TexUvWhitePixel)
    const ImVec4*   TexUvLines;                 // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas (== FontAtlas->TexUvLines)
    ImFontAtlas*    FontAtlas;                  // Current font atlas
    ImFont*         Font;                       // Current font (used for simplified AddText overload)
    float           FontSize;                   // Current font size (used for for simplified AddText overload)
    float           FontScale;                  // Current font scale (== FontSize / Font->FontSize)
    float           CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo()
    float           CircleTessellationMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc
    float           InitialFringeScale;         // Initial scale to apply to AA fringe
    ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags;               // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards)
    ImVec4          ClipRectFullscreen;         // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen()
    ImVector<ImVec2> TempBuffer;                // Temporary write buffer
    ImVector<ImDrawList*> DrawLists;            // All draw lists associated to this ImDrawListSharedData
    ImGuiContext*   Context;                    // [OPTIONAL] Link to Dear ImGui context. 99% of ImDrawList/ImFontAtlas can function without an ImGui context, but this facilitate handling one legacy edge case.

    // Lookup tables
    ImVec2          ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle.
    float           ArcFastRadiusCutoff;                        // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo()
    ImU8            CircleSegmentCounts[64];    // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead)

    ImDrawListSharedData();
    ~ImDrawListSharedData();
    void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error);
};

struct ImDrawDataBuilder
{
    ImVector<ImDrawList*>*  Layers[2];      // Pointers to global layers for: regular, tooltip. LayersP[0] is owned by DrawData.
    ImVector<ImDrawList*>   LayerData1;

    ImDrawDataBuilder()                     { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

struct ImFontStackData
{
    ImFont*     Font;
    float       FontSizeBeforeScaling;      // ~~ style.FontSizeBase
    float       FontSizeAfterScaling;       // ~~ g.FontSize
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Style support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo
{
    ImU32           Count : 8;      // 1+
    ImGuiDataType   DataType : 8;
    ImU32           Offset : 16;    // Offset in parent structure
    void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); }
};

// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
struct ImGuiColorMod
{
    ImGuiCol        Col;
    ImVec4          BackupValue;
};

// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable.
struct ImGuiStyleMod
{
    ImGuiStyleVar   VarIdx;
    union           { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; };
    ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v)     { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; }
    ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v)   { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; }
    ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v)  { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Data types support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

struct ImGuiDataTypeStorage
{
    ImU8        Data[8];        // Opaque storage to fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
};

// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
{
    size_t      Size;           // Size in bytes
    const char* Name;           // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging
    const char* PrintFmt;       // Default printf format for the type
    const char* ScanFmt;        // Default scanf format for the type
};

// Extend ImGuiDataType_
enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
{
    ImGuiDataType_Pointer = ImGuiDataType_COUNT,
    ImGuiDataType_ID,
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Extend ImGuiItemFlags
// - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, g.NextItemData.ItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags too.
// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.ItemFlags
enum ImGuiItemFlagsPrivate_
{
    // Controlled by user
    ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly                 = 1 << 11, // false     // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed.
    ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue               = 1 << 12, // false     // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
    ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck   = 1 << 13, // false     // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable()
    ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap             = 1 << 14, // false     // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame.
    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDisableMouseHover   = 1 << 15, // false     // Nav keyboard/gamepad mode doesn't disable hover highlight (behave as if NavHighlightItemUnderNav==false).
    ImGuiItemFlags_NoMarkEdited             = 1 << 16, // false     // Skip calling MarkItemEdited()
    ImGuiItemFlags_NoFocus                  = 1 << 17, // false     // [EXPERIMENTAL: Not very well specced] Clicking doesn't take focus. Automatically sets ImGuiButtonFlags_NoFocus + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus in ButtonBehavior().

    // Controlled by widget code
    ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable                = 1 << 20, // false     // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature.
    ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData     = 1 << 21, // false     // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData()
    ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect            = 1 << 22, // false     // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData()

    ImGuiItemFlags_Default_                 = ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups | ImGuiItemFlags_LiveEditOnInputText, // Please don't change, use PushItemFlag() instead.

    // Obsolete
    //ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = !ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, // Can't have a redirect as we inverted the behavior
};

// Status flags for an already submitted item
// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
{
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None               = 0,
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect        = 1 << 0,   // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test)
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect     = 1 << 1,   // g.LastItemData.DisplayRect is valid
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited             = 1 << 2,   // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets)
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection   = 1 << 3,   // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues.
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen        = 1 << 4,   // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state.
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated     = 1 << 5,   // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag.
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated        = 1 << 6,   // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow      = 1 << 7,   // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing.
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible            = 1 << 8,   // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()).
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect        = 1 << 9,   // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid.
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut        = 1 << 10,  // g.LastItemData.Shortcut valid. Set by SetNextItemShortcut() -> ItemAdd().
    //ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8,   // Removed IN 1.90.1 (Dec 2023). The trigger is part of g.NavActivateId. See commit 54c1bdeceb.
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_EditedInternal     = 1 << 11,  // Similar to ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited but bypassing ImGuiItemFlags_NoMarkEdited.

    // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine
#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable           = 1 << 20,  // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode)
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened             = 1 << 21,  // Opened status
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable          = 1 << 22,  // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem)
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked            = 1 << 23,  // Checked status
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable          = 1 << 24,  // Item is a text-inputable (e.g. InputText, SliderXXX, DragXXX)
#endif
};

// Extend ImGuiHoveredFlags_
enum ImGuiHoveredFlagsPrivate_
{
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_                    = ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay,
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary,
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered   = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_,
};

// Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_
enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_
{
    // [Internal]
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline           = 1 << 26,  // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_TempInput           = 1 << 27,  // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match.
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint= 1 << 28,  // For internal use by InputScalar() and TempInputScalar()
};

// Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_
enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
{
    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick         = 1 << 4,   // return true on click (mouse down event)
    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease  = 1 << 5,   // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using
    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 6, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item
    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease       = 1 << 7,   // return true on release (default requires click+release). Prior to 2026/03/20 this implied ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId but they are separate now.
    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick   = 1 << 8,   // return true on double-click (default requires click+release)
    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold  = 1 << 9,   // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers)
    //ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat               = 1 << 10,  // hold to repeat -> use ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat instead.
    ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren        = 1 << 11,  // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping
    //ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups      = 1 << 13,  // disable automatically closing parent popup on press
    //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled             = 1 << 14,  // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled
    ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 15,  // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModsAllowed       = 1 << 16,  // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held
    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId      = 1 << 17,  // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 18,  // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used every time an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.ItemFlags)
    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus       = 1 << 19,  // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item
    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner          = 1 << 20,  // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner         = 1 << 21,  // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoFocus                = 1 << 22,  // [EXPERIMENTAL: Not very well specced]. Don't focus parent window when clicking.
    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_         = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold,
    ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_      = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease,
    //ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers       = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModsAllowed, // Renamed in 1.91.4
};

// Extend ImGuiComboFlags_
enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_
{
    ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview           = 1 << 20,  // enable BeginComboPreview()
};

// Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_
enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_
{
    ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical               = 1 << 20,  // Should this slider be orientated vertically?
    ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly               = 1 << 21,  // Consider using g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly instead.
};

// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_
enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_
{
    // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID      = 1 << 20,
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick          = 1 << 22,  // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release)
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease        = 1 << 23,  // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release)
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth         = 1 << 24,  // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus)
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover        = 1 << 25,  // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem)
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing   = 1 << 26,  // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner          = 1 << 27,  // Don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
};

// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_
{
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoNavFocus                 = 1 << 27,// Don't claim nav focus when interacting with this item (#8551)
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 28,// FIXME-WIP: Hard-coded for CollapsingHeader()
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow            = 1 << 29,// FIXME-WIP: Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, for reversed trees (#6517)
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnMask_                = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow,
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesMask_             = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesNone | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesFull | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DrawLinesToNodes,
};

enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_
{
    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None                    = 0,
    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal              = 1 << 0,   // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar
    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical                = 1 << 1,
    ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns          = 1 << 2,   // Make separator cover all columns of a legacy Columns() set.
};

// Flags for FocusWindow(). This is not called ImGuiFocusFlags to avoid confusion with public-facing ImGuiFocusedFlags.
// FIXME: Once we finishing replacing more uses of GetTopMostPopupModal()+IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf()
// and FindBlockingModal() with this, we may want to change the flag to be opt-out instead of opt-in.
enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_
{
    ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None                 = 0,
    ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild  = 1 << 0,   // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead.
    ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal     = 1 << 1,   // Do not set focus if the window is below a modal.
};

enum ImGuiTextFlags_
{
    ImGuiTextFlags_None                         = 0,
    ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText   = 1 << 0,
};

enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_
{
    ImGuiTooltipFlags_None                      = 0,
    ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious          = 1 << 1,   // Clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append)
};

// FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet.
// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
enum ImGuiLayoutType_
{
    ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0,
    ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1
};

// Flags for LogBegin() text capturing function
enum ImGuiLogFlags_
{
    ImGuiLogFlags_None = 0,

    ImGuiLogFlags_OutputTTY         = 1 << 0,
    ImGuiLogFlags_OutputFile        = 1 << 1,
    ImGuiLogFlags_OutputBuffer      = 1 << 2,
    ImGuiLogFlags_OutputClipboard   = 1 << 3,
    ImGuiLogFlags_OutputMask_       = ImGuiLogFlags_OutputTTY | ImGuiLogFlags_OutputFile | ImGuiLogFlags_OutputBuffer | ImGuiLogFlags_OutputClipboard,
};

// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
enum ImGuiAxis
{
    ImGuiAxis_None = -1,
    ImGuiAxis_X = 0,
    ImGuiAxis_Y = 1
};

enum ImGuiPlotType
{
    ImGuiPlotType_Lines,
    ImGuiPlotType_Histogram,
};

// Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview()
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData
{
    ImRect          PreviewRect;
    ImVec2          BackupCursorPos;
    ImVec2          BackupCursorMaxPos;
    ImVec2          BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
    float           BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
    ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout;

    ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData
{
    ImGuiID     WindowID;
    ImVec2      BackupCursorPos;
    ImVec2      BackupCursorMaxPos;
    ImVec2      BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
    ImVec1      BackupIndent;
    ImVec1      BackupGroupOffset;
    ImVec2      BackupCurrLineSize;
    float       BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
    ImGuiID     BackupActiveIdIsAlive;
    bool        BackupAnyIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame;
    bool        BackupDeactivatedIdIsAlive;
    bool        BackupHoveredIdIsAlive;
    bool        BackupIsSameLine;
    bool        EmitItem;
};

// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper.
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns
{
    ImU32       TotalWidth;
    ImU32       NextTotalWidth;
    ImU16       Spacing;
    ImU16       OffsetIcon;         // Always zero for now
    ImU16       OffsetLabel;        // Offsets are locked in Update()
    ImU16       OffsetShortcut;
    ImU16       OffsetMark;
    ImU16       Widths[4];          // Width of:   Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark  (accumulators for current frame)

    ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
    void        Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing);
    float       DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark);
    void        CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets);
};

// Internal temporary state for deactivating InputText() instances.
// Store as part of ImGuiDeactivatedItemData?
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState
{
    ImGuiID            ID;              // widget id owning the text state (which just got deactivated)
    int                ElapseFrame;
    ImVector<char>     TextA;           // text buffer

    ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState()    { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
    void    ClearFreeMemory()           { ID = 0; ElapseFrame = 0; TextA.clear(); }
};

// Forward declare imstb_textedit.h structure + make its main configuration define accessible
#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING
#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING             ImGuiInputTextState
#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE           char
#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE   (-1.0f)
#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT     99
#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT      999
namespace ImStb { struct STB_TexteditState; }
typedef ImStb::STB_TexteditState ImStbTexteditState;

// Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState()
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
{
    ImGuiContext*           Ctx;                    // parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
    ImStbTexteditState*     Stb;                    // State for stb_textedit.h
    ImGuiInputTextFlags     Flags;                  // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set.
    ImGuiID                 ID;                     // widget id owning the text state
    //int                   LastFrameActive;        // Last used frame-count (unused)
    int                     TextLen;                // UTF-8 length of the string in TextA (in bytes)
    const char*             TextSrc;                // == TextA.Data unless read-only, in which case == buf passed to InputText(). For _ReadOnly fields, pointer will be null outside the InputText() call.
    ImVector<char>          TextA;                  // main UTF8 buffer. TextA.Size is a buffer size! Should always be >= buf_size passed by user (and of course >= CurLenA + 1).
    ImVector<char>          TextToRevertTo;         // value to revert to when pressing Escape = backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
    ImVector<char>          CallbackTextBackup;     // temporary storage for callback to support automatic reconcile of undo-stack
    int                     BufCapacity;            // end-user buffer capacity (include zero terminator)
    ImVec2                  Scroll;                 // horizontal offset (managed manually) + vertical scrolling (pulled from child window's own Scroll.y)
    int                     LineCount;              // last line count (solely for debugging)
    float                   WrapWidth;              // word-wrapping width
    float                   CursorAnim;             // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately
    bool                    CursorFollow;           // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!)
    bool                    CursorCenterY;          // set when we want scrolling to be centered over the cursor position (while resizing a word-wrapping field)
    bool                    SelectedAllMouseLock;   // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection
    bool                    EditedBefore;           // edited since activated
    bool                    EditedThisFrame;        // edited this frame
    bool                    WantReloadUserBuf;      // force a reload of user buf so it may be modified externally. may be automatic in future version.
    ImS8                    LastMoveDirectionLR;    // ImGuiDir_Left or ImGuiDir_Right. track last movement direction so when cursor cross over a word-wrapping boundaries we can display it on either line depending on last move.s
    int                     ReloadSelectionStart;
    int                     ReloadSelectionEnd;

    ImGuiInputTextState();
    ~ImGuiInputTextState();
    void        ClearText()                 { TextLen = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); }
    void        ClearFreeMemory()           { TextA.clear(); TextToRevertTo.clear(); }
    void        OnKeyPressed(int key);      // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation
    void        OnCharPressed(unsigned int c);
    float       GetPreferredOffsetX() const;
    const char* GetText()                   { return TextA.Data ? TextA.Data : ""; }

    // Cursor & Selection
    void        CursorAnimReset();
    void        CursorClamp();
    bool        HasSelection() const;
    void        ClearSelection();
    int         GetCursorPos() const;
    int         GetSelectionStart() const;
    int         GetSelectionEnd() const;
    void        SetSelection(int start, int end);
    void        SelectAll();

    // Reload user buf (WIP #2890)
    // If you modify underlying user-passed const char* while active you need to call this (InputText V2 may lift this)
    //   strcpy(my_buf, "hello");
    //   if (ImGuiInputTextState* state = ImGui::GetInputTextState(id)) // id may be ImGui::GetItemID() is last item
    //       state->ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll();
    void        ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll();
    void        ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection();
    void        ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd();
};

enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_
{
    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_None                = 0,
    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh   = 1 << 0,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Try to keep existing contents, USER MUST NOT HONOR BEGIN() RETURNING FALSE AND NOT APPEND.
    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover      = 1 << 1,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on hover
    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus      = 1 << 2,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on focus
    // Refresh policy/frequency, Load Balancing etc.
};

enum ImGuiWindowBgClickFlags_
{
    ImGuiWindowBgClickFlags_None                = 0,
    ImGuiWindowBgClickFlags_Move                = 1 << 0,   // Click on bg/void + drag to move window. Cleared by default when using io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly.
};

enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
{
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None               = 0,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos             = 1 << 0,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize            = 1 << 1,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize     = 1 << 2,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed       = 1 << 3,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint  = 1 << 4,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus           = 1 << 5,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha         = 1 << 6,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll          = 1 << 7,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowFlags     = 1 << 8,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags      = 1 << 9,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy   = 1 << 10,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport        = 1 << 11,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock            = 1 << 12,
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass     = 1 << 13,
};

// Storage for SetNexWindow** functions
struct ImGuiNextWindowData
{
    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags    HasFlags;

    // Members below are NOT cleared. Always rely on HasFlags.
    ImGuiCond                   PosCond;
    ImGuiCond                   SizeCond;
    ImGuiCond                   CollapsedCond;
    ImGuiCond                   DockCond;
    ImVec2                      PosVal;
    ImVec2                      PosPivotVal;
    ImVec2                      SizeVal;
    ImVec2                      ContentSizeVal;
    ImVec2                      ScrollVal;
    ImGuiWindowFlags            WindowFlags;            // Only honored by BeginTable()
    ImGuiChildFlags             ChildFlags;
    bool                        PosUndock;
    bool                        CollapsedVal;
    ImRect                      SizeConstraintRect;
    ImGuiSizeCallback           SizeCallback;
    void*                       SizeCallbackUserData;
    float                       BgAlphaVal;             // Override background alpha
    ImGuiID                     ViewportId;
    ImGuiID                     DockId;
    ImGuiWindowClass            WindowClass;
    ImVec2                      MenuBarOffsetMinVal;    // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?)
    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags     RefreshFlagsVal;

    ImGuiNextWindowData()       { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
    inline void ClearFlags()    { HasFlags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; }
};

enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_
{
    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None             = 0,
    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth         = 1 << 0,
    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen          = 1 << 1,
    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut      = 1 << 2,
    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal        = 1 << 3,
    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID     = 1 << 4,
    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasColorMarker   = 1 << 5,
};

struct ImGuiNextItemData
{
    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags      HasFlags;           // Called HasFlags instead of Flags to avoid mistaking this
    ImGuiItemFlags              ItemFlagsSet;       // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap and ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData.

    // Members below are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during e.g. NavProcessItem(). Always rely on HasFlags.
    ImGuiID                     FocusScopeId;       // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData()
    ImGuiSelectionUserData      SelectionUserData;  // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values)
    float                       Width;              // Set by SetNextItemWidth()
    ImGuiKeyChord               Shortcut;           // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
    ImGuiInputFlags             ShortcutFlags;      // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
    bool                        OpenVal;            // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
    ImU8                        OpenCond;           // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
    ImGuiDataTypeStorage        RefVal;             // Not exposed yet, for ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyAsRefVal
    ImGuiID                     StorageId;          // Set by SetNextItemStorageID()
    ImU32                       ColorMarker;        // Set by SetNextItemColorMarker(). Not exposed yet, supported by DragScalar,SliderScalar and for ImGuiSliderFlags_ColorMarkers.

    ImGuiNextItemData()         { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; }
    inline void ClearFlags()    { HasFlags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlagsSet = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()!
};

// Status storage for the last submitted item
struct ImGuiLastItemData
{
    ImGuiID                 ID;
    ImGuiItemFlags          ItemFlags;          // See ImGuiItemFlags_ (called 'InFlags' before v1.91.4).
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    StatusFlags;        // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
    ImRect                  Rect;               // Full rectangle
    ImRect                  NavRect;            // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed)
    // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags are set.
    ImRect                  DisplayRect;        // Display rectangle. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) is set.
    ImRect                  ClipRect;           // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) is set..
    ImGuiKeyChord           Shortcut;           // Shortcut at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) is set..

    ImGuiLastItemData()     { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop()
// - To implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsToParent: store the minimum amount of data
//   which we can't infer in TreePop(), to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult().
//   Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump.
struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData
{
    ImGuiID                 ID;
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags      TreeFlags;
    ImGuiItemFlags          ItemFlags;      // Used for nav landing
    ImRect                  NavRect;        // Used for nav landing
    float                   DrawLinesX1;
    float                   DrawLinesToNodesY2;
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     DrawLinesTableColumn;
};

// sizeof() = 20
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiErrorRecoveryState
{
    short   SizeOfWindowStack;
    short   SizeOfIDStack;
    short   SizeOfTreeStack;
    short   SizeOfColorStack;
    short   SizeOfStyleVarStack;
    short   SizeOfFontStack;
    short   SizeOfFocusScopeStack;
    short   SizeOfGroupStack;
    short   SizeOfItemFlagsStack;
    short   SizeOfBeginPopupStack;
    short   SizeOfDisabledStack;

    ImGuiErrorRecoveryState() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

// Data saved for each window pushed into the stack
struct ImGuiWindowStackData
{
    ImGuiWindow*            Window;
    ImGuiLastItemData       ParentLastItemDataBackup;
    ImGuiErrorRecoveryState StackSizesInBegin;          // Store size of various stacks for asserting
    bool                    DisabledOverrideReenable;   // Non-child window override disabled flag
    float                   DisabledOverrideReenableAlphaBackup;
};

struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
{
    int         Index;
    float       Width;
    float       InitialWidth;
};

struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
{
    void*       Ptr;            // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool.
    int         Index;          // Usually index in a main pool.

    ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr)  { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; }
    ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index)  { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; }
};

// Data used by IsItemDeactivated()/IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() functions
// Also see ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState which is an extension for this for InputText()
struct ImGuiDeactivatedItemData
{
    ImGuiID     ID;
    int         ElapseFrame;
    bool        HasBeenEditedBefore;
    bool        IsAlive;
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Popup support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
{
    ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default,
    ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox,
    ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip,
};

// Storage for popup stacks (g.OpenPopupStack and g.BeginPopupStack)
struct ImGuiPopupData
{
    ImGuiID             PopupId;        // Set on OpenPopup()
    ImGuiWindow*        Window;         // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
    ImGuiWindow*        RestoreNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close
    int                 ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value
    int                 OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup()
    ImGuiID             OpenParentId;   // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items)
    ImVec2              OpenPopupPos;   // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse)
    ImVec2              OpenMousePos;   // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup

    ImGuiPopupData()    { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Inputs support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Bit array for named keys
typedef ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, -ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN>    ImBitArrayForNamedKeys;

// [Internal] Key ranges
#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN  0
#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END    512
#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN         (ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN)
#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END           (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)
#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN          (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)
#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END            (ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown + 1)
#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN            (ImGuiKey_MouseLeft)
#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_END              (ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY + 1)
#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN          (ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN)
#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_END            (ImGuiKey_Mouse_END)

// [Internal] Named shortcuts for Navigation
#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow   ImGuiMod_Ctrl
#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast   ImGuiMod_Shift
#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow    ImGuiKey_GamepadL1
#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast    ImGuiKey_GamepadR1
#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate     (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown)
#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel       (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight)
#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu         ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft    // Toggle menu layer. Hold to enable Windowing.
#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadContextMenu  ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp      // Open context menu (same as Shift+F10)

enum ImGuiInputEventType
{
    ImGuiInputEventType_None = 0,
    ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos,
    ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel,
    ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton,
    ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport,
    ImGuiInputEventType_Key,
    ImGuiInputEventType_Text,
    ImGuiInputEventType_Focus,
    ImGuiInputEventType_COUNT
};

enum ImGuiInputSource : int
{
    ImGuiInputSource_None = 0,
    ImGuiInputSource_Mouse,         // Note: may be Mouse or TouchScreen or Pen. See io.MouseSource to distinguish them.
    ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard,
    ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad,
    ImGuiInputSource_COUNT
};

// FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension?
// Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor'
struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos      { float PosX, PosY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel    { float WheelX, WheelY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton   { int Button; bool Down; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
struct ImGuiInputEventMouseViewport { ImGuiID HoveredViewportID; };
struct ImGuiInputEventKey           { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; };
struct ImGuiInputEventText          { unsigned int Char; };
struct ImGuiInputEventAppFocused    { bool Focused; };

struct ImGuiInputEvent
{
    ImGuiInputEventType             Type;
    ImGuiInputSource                Source;
    ImU32                           EventId;        // Unique, sequential increasing integer to identify an event (if you need to correlate them to other data).
    union
    {
        ImGuiInputEventMousePos     MousePos;       // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos
        ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel   MouseWheel;     // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel
        ImGuiInputEventMouseButton  MouseButton;    // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton
        ImGuiInputEventMouseViewport MouseViewport; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport
        ImGuiInputEventKey          Key;            // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key
        ImGuiInputEventText         Text;           // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text
        ImGuiInputEventAppFocused   AppFocused;     // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus
    };
    bool                            AddedByTestEngine;

    ImGuiInputEvent() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

// Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior.
#define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any           ((ImGuiID)0)    // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
#define ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner       ((ImGuiID)-1)   // Require key to have no owner.
//#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner  // We previously called this 'ImGuiKeyOwner_None' but it was inconsistent with our pattern that _None values == 0 and quite dangerous. Also using _NoOwner makes the IsKeyPressed() calls more explicit.

typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex;

// Routing table entry (sizeof() == 16 bytes)
struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData
{
    ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex            NextEntryIndex;
    ImU16                           Mods;               // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits.
    ImU16                           RoutingCurrScore;   // [DEBUG] For debug display
    ImU16                           RoutingNextScore;   // Lower is better (0: perfect score)
    ImGuiID                         RoutingCurr;
    ImGuiID                         RoutingNext;

    ImGuiKeyRoutingData()           { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 0; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; }
};

// Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching.
// Stored in main context (1 instance)
struct ImGuiKeyRoutingTable
{
    ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex            Index[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; // Index of first entry in Entries[]
    ImVector<ImGuiKeyRoutingData>   Entries;
    ImVector<ImGuiKeyRoutingData>   EntriesNext;                    // Double-buffer to avoid reallocation (could use a shared buffer)

    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable()          { Clear(); }
    void Clear()                    { for (int n = 0; n < IM_COUNTOF(Index); n++) Index[n] = -1; Entries.clear(); EntriesNext.clear(); }
};

// This extends ImGuiKeyData but only for named keys (legacy keys don't support the new features)
// Stored in main context (1 per named key). In the future it might be merged into ImGuiKeyData.
struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData
{
    ImGuiID     OwnerCurr;
    ImGuiID     OwnerNext;
    bool        LockThisFrame;      // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame.
    bool        LockUntilRelease;   // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well.

    ImGuiKeyOwnerData()             { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; }
};

// Extend ImGuiInputFlags_
// Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
enum ImGuiInputFlagsPrivate_
{
    // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut()
    // - Repeat mode: Repeat rate selection
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault           = 1 << 1,   // Repeat rate: Regular (default)
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove           = 1 << 2,   // Repeat rate: Fast
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak          = 1 << 3,   // Repeat rate: Faster
    // - Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted.
    // - In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in.
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease          = 1 << 4,   // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior.
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange    = 1 << 5,   // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut)
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6,  // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod.
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress    = 1 << 7,   // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat

    // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
    // - Locking key away from non-input aware code. Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary.
    ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame               = 1 << 20,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame.
    ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease            = 1 << 21,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released.

    // - Condition for SetItemKeyOwner()
    ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered                 = 1 << 22,  // Only set if item is hovered (default to both)
    ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive                  = 1 << 23,  // Only set if item is active (default to both)
    ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_                = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,

    // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_             = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak,
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_            = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress,
    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_                 = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_,
    ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_                   = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_              = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways,
    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_           = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow,
    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed     = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_,
    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked   = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat,
    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut         = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_,
    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip,
    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner      = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease,
    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner  = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_,
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Clipper support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Note that Max is exclusive, so perhaps should be using a Begin/End convention.
struct ImGuiListClipperRange
{
    int     Min;
    int     Max;
    bool    PosToIndexConvert;      // Begin/End are absolute position (will be converted to indices later)
    ImS8    PosToIndexOffsetMin;    // Add to Min after converting to indices
    ImS8    PosToIndexOffsetMax;    // Add to Min after converting to indices

    static ImGuiListClipperRange    FromIndices(int min, int max)                               { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { min, max, false, 0, 0 }; return r; }
    static ImGuiListClipperRange    FromPositions(float y1, float y2, int off_min, int off_max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { (int)y1, (int)y2, true, (ImS8)off_min, (ImS8)off_max }; return r; }
};

// Temporary clipper data, buffers shared/reused between instances
struct ImGuiListClipperData
{
    ImGuiListClipper*               ListClipper;
    float                           LossynessOffset;
    int                             StepNo;
    int                             ItemsFrozen;
    ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange> Ranges;

    ImGuiListClipperData()          { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
    void                            Reset(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ListClipper = clipper; StepNo = ItemsFrozen = 0; Ranges.resize(0); }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Navigation support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

enum ImGuiActivateFlags_
{
    ImGuiActivateFlags_None                 = 0,
    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput          = 1 << 0,       // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key.
    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak          = 1 << 1,       // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used.
    ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState   = 1 << 2,       // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection)
    ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing          = 1 << 3,       // Activation requested by a tabbing request (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
    ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut         = 1 << 4,       // Activation requested by an item shortcut via SetNextItemShortcut() function.
    ImGuiActivateFlags_FromFocusApi         = 1 << 5,       // Activation requested by an api request (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)
};

// Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem()
// FIXME: Missing flags to request making both edges visible when possible.
enum ImGuiScrollFlags_
{
    ImGuiScrollFlags_None                   = 0,
    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX       = 1 << 0,       // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on X axis to bring item back into view [default for X axis]
    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY       = 1 << 1,       // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on Y axis to bring item back into view [default for Y axis for windows that are already visible]
    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX     = 1 << 2,       // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on X axis [rarely used]
    ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY     = 1 << 3,       // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on Y axis
    ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX          = 1 << 4,       // Always center the result item on X axis [rarely used]
    ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY          = 1 << 5,       // Always center the result item on Y axis [default for Y axis for appearing window)
    ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent         = 1 << 6,       // Disable forwarding scrolling to parent window if required to keep item/rect visible (only scroll window the function was applied to).
    ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_                 = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX,
    ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_                 = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY,
};

enum ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_
{
    ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_None          = 0,
    ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_Compact       = 1 << 1,       // Compact highlight, no padding/distance from focused item
    ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_AlwaysDraw    = 1 << 2,       // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) even when g.NavCursorVisible == false, aka even when using the mouse.
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_NoRounding    = 1 << 3,
    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None             = ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_None,       // Renamed in 1.91.4
    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact          = ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_Compact,    // Renamed in 1.91.4
    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw       = ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_AlwaysDraw, // Renamed in 1.91.4
    ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding       = ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_NoRounding, // Renamed in 1.91.4
    //ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin       = ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_Compact,    // Renamed in 1.90.2
#endif
};

enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_
{
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None                  = 0,
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX                 = 1 << 0,   // On failed request, restart from opposite side
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY                 = 1 << 1,
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX                 = 1 << 2,   // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left)
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY                 = 1 << 3,   // This is not super useful but provided for completeness
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_             = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY,
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId     = 1 << 4,   // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place)
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet   = 1 << 5,   // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown)
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY         = 1 << 6,   // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword as ImGuiScrollFlags
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded             = 1 << 7,
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult         = 1 << 8,   // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi              = 1 << 9,   // Requests from focus API can land/focus/activate items even if they are marked with _NoTabStop (see NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for details)
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing             = 1 << 10,  // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove            = 1 << 11,  // Identify a PageDown/PageUp request.
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate              = 1 << 12,  // Activate/select target item.
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect              = 1 << 13,  // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavCursorVisible = 1 << 14,  // Do not alter the nav cursor visible state
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId       = 1 << 15,  // (Experimental) Do not clear active id when applying move result
};

enum ImGuiNavLayer
{
    ImGuiNavLayer_Main  = 0,    // Main scrolling layer
    ImGuiNavLayer_Menu  = 1,    // Menu layer (access with Alt)
    ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT
};

// Storage for navigation query/results
struct ImGuiNavItemData
{
    ImGuiWindow*        Window;         // Init,Move    // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window)
    ImGuiID             ID;             // Init,Move    // Best candidate item ID
    ImGuiID             FocusScopeId;   // Init,Move    // Best candidate focus scope ID
    ImRect              RectRel;        // Init,Move    // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
    ImGuiItemFlags      ItemFlags;      // ????,Move    // Best candidate item flags
    float               DistBox;        //      Move    // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
    float               DistCenter;     //      Move    // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
    float               DistAxial;      //      Move    // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId
    ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov    // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value. Valid if (ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)

    ImGuiNavItemData()  { Clear(); }
    void Clear()        { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; ItemFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; }
};

// Storage for PushFocusScope(), g.FocusScopeStack[], g.NavFocusRoute[]
struct ImGuiFocusScopeData
{
    ImGuiID             ID;
    ImGuiID             WindowID;
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Typing-select support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Flags for GetTypingSelectRequest()
enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_
{
    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None                 = 0,
    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace       = 1 << 0,   // Backspace to delete character inputs. If using: ensure GetTypingSelectRequest() is not called more than once per frame (filter by e.g. focus state)
    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode  = 1 << 1,   // Allow "single char" search mode which is activated when pressing the same character multiple times.
};

// Returned by GetTypingSelectRequest(), designed to eventually be public.
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest
{
    ImGuiTypingSelectFlags  Flags;              // Flags passed to GetTypingSelectRequest()
    int                     SearchBufferLen;
    const char*             SearchBuffer;       // Search buffer contents (use full string. unless SingleCharMode is set, in which case use SingleCharSize).
    bool                    SelectRequest;      // Set when buffer was modified this frame, requesting a selection.
    bool                    SingleCharMode;     // Notify when buffer contains same character repeated, to implement special mode. In this situation it preferred to not display any on-screen search indication.
    ImS8                    SingleCharSize;     // Length in bytes of first letter codepoint (1 for ascii, 2-4 for UTF-8). If (SearchBufferLen==RepeatCharSize) only 1 letter has been input.
};

// Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest()
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectState
{
    ImGuiTypingSelectRequest Request;           // User-facing data
    char            SearchBuffer[64];           // Search buffer: no need to make dynamic as this search is very transient.
    ImGuiID         FocusScope;
    int             LastRequestFrame = 0;
    float           LastRequestTime = 0.0f;
    bool            SingleCharModeLock = false; // After a certain single char repeat count we lock into SingleCharMode. Two benefits: 1) buffer never fill, 2) we can provide an immediate SingleChar mode without timer elapsing.

    ImGuiTypingSelectState() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
    void            Clear()  { SearchBuffer[0] = 0; SingleCharModeLock = false; } // We preserve remaining data for easier debugging
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Columns support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). This is an obsolete API. Prefer using BeginTable() nowadays!
enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_
{
    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None                    = 0,
    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder                = 1 << 0,   // Disable column dividers
    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize                = 1 << 1,   // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers
    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths        = 1 << 2,   // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns
    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow     = 1 << 3,   // Disable forcing columns to fit within window
    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize  = 1 << 4,   // Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove.

    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_None                    = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None,
    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder                = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder,
    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize                = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize,
    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths        = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths,
    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow     = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow,
    //ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize  = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize,
#endif
};

struct ImGuiOldColumnData
{
    float               OffsetNorm;             // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right)
    float               OffsetNormBeforeResize;
    ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;                  // Not exposed
    ImRect              ClipRect;

    ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

struct ImGuiOldColumns
{
    ImGuiID             ID;
    ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;
    bool                IsFirstFrame;
    bool                IsBeingResized;
    int                 Current;
    int                 Count;
    float               OffMinX, OffMaxX;       // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x
    float               LineMinY, LineMaxY;
    float               HostCursorPosY;         // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns()
    float               HostCursorMaxPosX;      // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns()
    ImRect              HostInitialClipRect;    // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns()
    ImRect              HostBackupClipRect;     // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground()
    ImRect              HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns()
    ImVector<ImGuiOldColumnData> Columns;
    ImDrawListSplitter  Splitter;

    ImGuiOldColumns()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Box-select support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

struct ImGuiBoxSelectState
{
    // Active box-selection data (persistent, 1 active at a time)
    ImGuiID                 ID;
    bool                    IsActive;
    bool                    IsStarting;
    bool                    IsStartedFromVoid;  // Starting click was not from an item.
    bool                    IsStartedSetNavIdOnce;
    bool                    RequestClear;
    ImGuiKeyChord           KeyMods : 16;       // Latched key-mods for box-select logic.
    ImVec2                  StartPosRel;        // Start position in window-contents relative space (to support scrolling)
    ImVec2                  EndPosRel;          // End position in window-contents relative space
    ImVec2                  ScrollAccum;        // Scrolling accumulator (to behave at high-frame spaces)
    ImGuiWindow*            Window;

    // Temporary/Transient data
    bool                    UnclipMode;         // (Temp/Transient, here in hot area). Set/cleared by the BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() owning active box-select.
    ImRect                  UnclipRect;         // Rectangle where ItemAdd() clipping may be temporarily disabled. Need support by multi-select supporting widgets.
    ImRect                  UnclipRects[2];     // Per-axis versions.
    ImRect                  BoxSelectRectPrev;  // Selection rectangle in absolute coordinates (derived every frame from BoxSelectStartPosRel and MousePos)
    ImRect                  BoxSelectRectCurr;

    ImGuiBoxSelectState()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Multi-select support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// We always assume that -1 is an invalid value (which works for indices and pointers)
#define ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid        ((ImGuiSelectionUserData)-1)

// Temporary storage for multi-select
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectTempData
{
    ImGuiMultiSelectIO      IO;                 // MUST BE FIRST FIELD. Requests are set and returned by BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + written to by user during the loop.
    ImGuiMultiSelectState*  Storage;
    ImGuiID                 FocusScopeId;       // Copied from g.CurrentFocusScopeId (unless another selection scope was pushed manually)
    ImGuiMultiSelectFlags   Flags;
    ImVec2                  ScopeRectMin;
    ImVec2                  BackupCursorMaxPos;
    //ImGuiSelectionUserData CurrSubmittedItem; // Copy of last submitted item data, used to merge output ranges.
    //ImGuiSelectionUserData PrevSubmittedItem; // Copy of previous submitted item data, used to merge output ranges.
    ImGuiID                 BoxSelectId;
    ImGuiKeyChord           KeyMods;
    ImS8                    LoopRequestSetAll;  // -1: no operation, 0: clear all, 1: select all.
    bool                    IsEndIO;            // Set when switching IO from BeginMultiSelect() to EndMultiSelect() state.
    bool                    IsFocused;          // Set if currently focusing the selection scope (any item of the selection). May be used if you have custom shortcut associated to selection.
    bool                    IsKeyboardSetRange; // Set by BeginMultiSelect() when using Shift+Navigation. Because scrolling may be affected we can't afford a frame of lag with Shift+Navigation.
    bool                    NavIdPassedBy;
    bool                    RangeSrcPassedBy;   // Set by the item that matches RangeSrcItem.
    bool                    RangeDstPassedBy;   // Set by the item that matches NavJustMovedToId when IsSetRange is set.
    bool                    IsSoleOrUnknownSelectionSize;

    ImGuiMultiSelectTempData()  { Clear(); }
    void Clear()            { size_t io_sz = sizeof(IO); ClearIO(); memset((void*)(&IO + 1), 0, sizeof(*this) - io_sz); } // Zero-clear except IO as we preserve IO.Requests[] buffer allocation.
    void ClearIO()          { IO.Requests.resize(0); IO.RangeSrcItem = IO.NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; IO.NavIdSelected = IO.RangeSrcReset = false; }
};

// Persistent storage for multi-select (as long as selection is alive)
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectState
{
    ImGuiWindow*            Window;
    ImGuiID                 ID;
    int                     LastFrameActive;    // Last used frame-count, for GC.
    int                     LastSelectionSize;  // Set by BeginMultiSelect() based on optional info provided by user. May be -1 if unknown.
    ImS8                    RangeSelected;      // -1 (don't have) or true/false
    ImS8                    NavIdSelected;      // -1 (don't have) or true/false
    ImGuiSelectionUserData  RangeSrcItem;       //
    ImGuiSelectionUserData  NavIdItem;          // SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value for NavId (if part of submitted items)

    ImGuiMultiSelectState() { Window = NULL; ID = 0; LastFrameActive = LastSelectionSize = 0; RangeSelected = NavIdSelected = -1; RangeSrcItem = NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Docking support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#define DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG 0  // Dock host: background fill
#define DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG 1  // Dock host: decorations and contents

#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK

// Extend ImGuiDockNodeFlags_
enum ImGuiDockNodeFlagsPrivate_
{
    // [Internal]
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace                = 1 << 10,  // Saved // A dockspace is a node that occupy space within an existing user window. Otherwise the node is floating and create its own window.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode              = 1 << 11,  // Saved // The central node has 2 main properties: stay visible when empty, only use "remaining" spaces from its neighbor.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar                 = 1 << 12,  // Saved // Tab bar is completely unavailable. No triangle in the corner to enable it back.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar             = 1 << 13,  // Saved // Tab bar is hidden, with a triangle in the corner to show it again (NB: actual tab-bar instance may be destroyed as this is only used for single-window tab bar)
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton       = 1 << 14,  // Saved // Disable window/docking menu (that one that appears instead of the collapse button)
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton            = 1 << 15,  // Saved // Disable close button
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX                = 1 << 16,  //       //
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY                = 1 << 17,  //       //
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockedWindowsInFocusRoute= 1 << 18,  //       // Any docked window will be automatically be focus-route chained (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute set to this) so Shortcut() in this window can run when any docked window is focused.

    // Disable docking/undocking actions in this dockspace or individual node (existing docked nodes will be preserved)
    // Those are not exposed in public because the desirable sharing/inheriting/copy-flag-on-split behaviors are quite difficult to design and understand.
    // The two public flags ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverCentralNode/ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit don't have those issues.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther      = 1 << 19,  //       // Disable this node from splitting other windows/nodes.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe          = 1 << 20,  //       // Disable other windows/nodes from being docked over this node.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther       = 1 << 21,  //       // Disable this node from being docked over another window or non-empty node.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty       = 1 << 22,  //       // Disable this node from being docked over an empty node (e.g. DockSpace with no other windows)
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking                = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther,

    // Masks
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_  = ~0,
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_       = (int)ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY,

    // When splitting, those local flags are moved to the inheriting child, never duplicated
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_  = (int)ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | (int)ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton,
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_          = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton,
};

// Store the source authority (dock node vs window) of a field
enum ImGuiDataAuthority_
{
    ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto,
    ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode,
    ImGuiDataAuthority_Window,
};

enum ImGuiDockNodeState
{
    ImGuiDockNodeState_Unknown,
    ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseSingleWindow,
    ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing,
    ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible,
};

// sizeof() 176~216
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode
{
    ImGuiID                 ID;
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      SharedFlags;                // (Write) Flags shared by all nodes of a same dockspace hierarchy (inherited from the root node)
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      LocalFlags;                 // (Write) Flags specific to this node
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      LocalFlagsInWindows;        // (Write) Flags specific to this node, applied from windows
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags      MergedFlags;                // (Read)  Effective flags (== SharedFlags | LocalFlagsInNode | LocalFlagsInWindows)
    ImGuiDockNodeState      State;
    ImGuiDockNode*          ParentNode;
    ImGuiDockNode*          ChildNodes[2];              // [Split node only] Child nodes (left/right or top/bottom). Consider switching to an array.
    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  Windows;                    // Note: unordered list! Iterate TabBar->Tabs for user-order.
    ImGuiTabBar*            TabBar;
    ImVec2                  Pos;                        // Current position
    ImVec2                  Size;                       // Current size
    ImVec2                  SizeRef;                    // [Split node only] Last explicitly written-to size (overridden when using a splitter affecting the node), used to calculate Size.
    ImGuiAxis               SplitAxis;                  // [Split node only] Split axis (X or Y)
    ImU32                   LastBgColor;
    ImGuiWindowClass        WindowClass;                // [Root node only]

    ImGuiWindow*            HostWindow;
    ImGuiWindow*            VisibleWindow;              // Generally point to window which is ID is == SelectedTabID, but when CTRL+Tabbing this can be a different window.
    ImGuiDockNode*          CentralNode;                // [Root node only] Pointer to central node.
    ImGuiDockNode*          OnlyNodeWithWindows;        // [Root node only] Set when there is a single visible node within the hierarchy.
    int                     CountNodeWithWindows;       // [Root node only]
    int                     LastFrameAlive;             // Last frame number the node was updated or kept alive explicitly with DockSpace() + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly
    int                     LastFrameActive;            // Last frame number the node was updated.
    int                     LastFrameFocused;           // Last frame number the node was focused.
    ImGuiID                 LastFocusedNodeId;          // [Root node only] Which of our child docking node (any ancestor in the hierarchy) was last focused.
    ImGuiID                 SelectedTabId;              // [Leaf node only] Which of our tab/window is selected.
    ImGuiID                 WantCloseTabId;             // [Leaf node only] Set when closing a specific tab/window.
    ImGuiID                 RefViewportId;              // Reference viewport ID from visible window when HostWindow == NULL.
    ImU8                    AuthorityForPos         :3; // ImGuiDataAuthority
    ImU8                    AuthorityForSize        :3;
    ImU8                    AuthorityForViewport    :3;
    bool                    IsVisible               :1; // Set to false when the node is hidden (usually disabled as it has no active window)
    bool                    IsFocused               :1;
    bool                    IsBgDrawnThisFrame      :1;
    bool                    HasCloseButton          :1; // Provide space for a close button (if any of the docked window has one). Note that button may be hidden on window without one.
    bool                    HasWindowMenuButton     :1;
    bool                    HasCentralNodeChild     :1;
    bool                    WantCloseAll            :1; // Set when closing all tabs at once.
    bool                    WantLockSizeOnce        :1;
    bool                    WantMouseMove           :1; // After a node extraction we need to transition toward moving the newly created host window
    bool                    WantHiddenTabBarUpdate  :1;
    bool                    WantHiddenTabBarToggle  :1;

    ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id);
    ~ImGuiDockNode();
    bool                    IsRootNode() const      { return ParentNode == NULL; }
    bool                    IsDockSpace() const     { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) != 0; }
    bool                    IsFloatingNode() const  { return ParentNode == NULL && (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0; }
    bool                    IsCentralNode() const   { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode) != 0; }
    bool                    IsHiddenTabBar() const  { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar) != 0; } // Hidden tab bar can be shown back by clicking the small triangle
    bool                    IsNoTabBar() const      { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar) != 0; }     // Never show a tab bar
    bool                    IsSplitNode() const     { return ChildNodes[0] != NULL; }
    bool                    IsLeafNode() const      { return ChildNodes[0] == NULL; }
    bool                    IsEmpty() const         { return ChildNodes[0] == NULL && Windows.Size == 0; }
    ImRect                  Rect() const            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }

    void                    SetLocalFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) { LocalFlags = flags; UpdateMergedFlags(); }
    void                    UpdateMergedFlags()     { MergedFlags = SharedFlags | LocalFlags | LocalFlagsInWindows; }
};

// List of colors that are stored at the time of Begin() into Docked Windows.
// We currently store the packed colors in a simple array window->DockStyle.Colors[].
// A better solution may involve appending into a log of colors in ImGuiContext + store offsets into those arrays in ImGuiWindow,
// but it would be more complex as we'd need to double-buffer both as e.g. drop target may refer to window from last frame.
enum ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol
{
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text,
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabHovered,
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabFocused,
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabSelected,
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabSelectedOverline,
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabDimmed,
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabDimmedSelected,
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline,
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_UnsavedMarker,
    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT
};

// We don't store style.Alpha: dock_node->LastBgColor embeds it and otherwise it would only affect the docking tab, which intuitively I would say we don't want to.
struct ImGuiWindowDockStyle
{
    ImU32 Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT];
};

struct ImGuiDockContext
{
    ImGuiStorage                    Nodes;          // Map ID -> ImGuiDockNode*: Active nodes
    ImVector<ImGuiDockRequest>      Requests;
    ImVector<ImGuiDockNodeSettings> NodesSettings;
    bool                            WantFullRebuild;
    ImGuiDockContext()              { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Viewport support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!)
// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP.
struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport
{
    ImGuiWindow*        Window;                 // Set when the viewport is owned by a window (and ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows is NOT set)
    int                 Idx;
    int                 LastFrameActive;        // Last frame number this viewport was activated by a window
    int                 LastFocusedStampCount;  // Last stamp number from when a window hosted by this viewport was focused (by comparing this value between two viewport we have an implicit viewport z-order we use as fallback)
    ImGuiID             LastNameHash;
    ImVec2              LastPos;
    ImVec2              LastSize;
    float               Alpha;                  // Window opacity (when dragging dockable windows/viewports we make them transparent)
    float               LastAlpha;
    bool                LastFocusedHadNavWindow;// Instead of maintaining a LastFocusedWindow (which may harder to correctly maintain), we merely store weither NavWindow != NULL last time the viewport was focused.
    short               PlatformMonitor;
    float               BgFgDrawListsLastTimeActive[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used
    ImDrawList*         BgFgDrawLists[2];       // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays.
    ImDrawData          DrawDataP;
    ImDrawDataBuilder   DrawDataBuilder;        // Temporary data while building final ImDrawData
    ImVec2              LastPlatformPos;
    ImVec2              LastPlatformSize;
    ImVec2              LastRendererSize;

    // Per-viewport work area
    // - Insets are >= 0.0f values, distance from viewport corners to work area.
    // - BeginMainMenuBar() and DockspaceOverViewport() tend to use work area to avoid stepping over existing contents.
    // - Generally 'safeAreaInsets' in iOS land, 'DisplayCutout' in Android land.
    ImVec2              WorkInsetMin;           // Work Area inset locked for the frame. GetWorkRect() always fits within GetMainRect().
    ImVec2              WorkInsetMax;           // "
    ImVec2              BuildWorkInsetMin;      // Work Area inset accumulator for current frame, to become next frame's WorkInset
    ImVec2              BuildWorkInsetMax;      // "

    ImGuiViewportP()                    { Window = NULL; Idx = -1; LastFrameActive = LastFocusedStampCount = -1; BgFgDrawListsLastTimeActive[0] = BgFgDrawListsLastTimeActive[1] = -1.0f; LastNameHash = 0; Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f; LastFocusedHadNavWindow = false; PlatformMonitor = -1; BgFgDrawLists[0] = BgFgDrawLists[1] = NULL; LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); }
    ~ImGuiViewportP()                   { if (BgFgDrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[0]); if (BgFgDrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[1]); }
    void    ClearRequestFlags()         { PlatformRequestClose = PlatformRequestMove = PlatformRequestResize = false; }

    // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect)
    ImVec2  CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& inset_min) const                           { return ImVec2(Pos.x + inset_min.x, Pos.y + inset_min.y); }
    ImVec2  CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& inset_min, const ImVec2& inset_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - inset_min.x - inset_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - inset_min.y - inset_max.y)); }
    void    UpdateWorkRect()            { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkInsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkInsetMin, WorkInsetMax); } // Update public fields

    // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry)
    ImRect  GetMainRect() const         { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
    ImRect  GetWorkRect() const         { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); }
    ImRect  GetBuildWorkRect() const    { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkInsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkInsetMin, BuildWorkInsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Settings support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file
// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily.
// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure)
struct ImGuiWindowSettings
{
    ImGuiID         ID;
    ImVec2ih        Pos;            // NB: Settings position are stored RELATIVE to the viewport! Whereas runtime ones are absolute positions.
    ImVec2ih        Size;
    ImVec2ih        ViewportPos;
    ImGuiID         ViewportId;
    ImGuiID         DockId;         // ID of last known DockNode (even if the DockNode is invisible because it has only 1 active window), or 0 if none.
    ImGuiID         ClassId;        // ID of window class if specified
    short           DockOrder;      // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible.
    ImGuiPackedDate LastUsedDate;
    bool            Collapsed : 1;
    bool            IsChild : 1;
    bool            WantApply : 1;  // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context)
    bool            WantDelete : 1; // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry

    ImGuiWindowSettings()       { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); DockOrder = -1; }
    char* GetName()             { return (char*)(this + 1); }
};

struct ImGuiSettingsCleanupArgs
{
    ImGuiID         TypeHashFilter = 0;                             // Set to restrict cleanup to a given .ini type, e.g. == ImHashStr("Window"), ImHashStr("Table"). Otherwise every types supporting Cleanup will be affected.
    int             DiscardOlderThanMonths = 0;                     // Enable to discard entries older than XX months.
    bool            DiscardWhenMissingDate = false;                 // Enable to discard entries missing a date.
    bool            DiscardAll = false;                             // Enable to discard all entries = same as calling ClearIniSettings() except it may be filtered.
    bool            SetCurrentSessionDateToAll = false;             // Enable to write current SessionDate to all supporting entries. // Let us know in #9460 if you use this.
    bool            SetCurrentSessionDateWhenMissingDate = false;   // Enable to write current SessionDate to all supporting entries missing a date. // Let us know in #9460 if you use this.
    int             _DiscardOlderThanDate = 0;                      // [Internal]
};

struct ImGuiSettingsHandler
{
    const char* TypeName;       // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']'
    ImGuiID     TypeHash;       // == ImHashStr(TypeName)
    void        (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);                                // Clear all settings data
    void        (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);                                // Read: Called before reading (in registration order)
    void*       (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name);              // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]"
    void        (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry
    void        (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);                                // Read: Called after reading (in registration order)
    void        (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf);      // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf'
    void        (*CleanupFn) (ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiSettingsCleanupArgs* args);// Cleanup/patch settings
    void*       UserData;

    ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Localization support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack.
enum ImGuiLocKey : int
{
    ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr,
    ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne,
    ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit,
    ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault,
    ImGuiLocKey_TableReset,
    //ImGuiLocKey_TableResetAll,
    ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder,
    ImGuiLocKey_TableResetVisibility,
    ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar,
    ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup,
    ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled,
    ImGuiLocKey_OpenLink_s,
    ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink,
    ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar,
    ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock,
    ImGuiLocKey_DockingDragToUndockOrMoveNode,
    ImGuiLocKey_COUNT
};

struct ImGuiLocEntry
{
    ImGuiLocKey     Key;
    const char*     Text;
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Error handling, State recovery support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Macros used by Recoverable Error handling
// - Only dispatch error if _EXPR: evaluate as assert (similar to an assert macro).
// - The message will always be a string literal, in order to increase likelihood of being display by an assert handler.
// - See 'Demo->Configuration->Error Handling' and ImGuiIO definitions for details on error handling.
// - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Error-Handling for details on error handling.
#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR
#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXPR,_MSG)            do { if (!(_EXPR)) { if (ImGui::ErrorLog(_MSG)) { IM_ASSERT((_EXPR) && _MSG); } } } while (0)               // Recoverable User Error
#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RET(_EXPR,_MSG)        do { if (!(_EXPR)) { if (ImGui::ErrorLog(_MSG)) { IM_ASSERT((_EXPR) && _MSG); } return; } } while (0)       // Recoverable User Error
#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR_RETV(_EXPR,_RETV,_MSG) do { if (!(_EXPR)) { if (ImGui::ErrorLog(_MSG)) { IM_ASSERT((_EXPR) && _MSG); } return _RETV; } } while (0) // Recoverable User Error
#endif

// The error callback is currently not public, as it is expected that only advanced users will rely on it.
typedef void (*ImGuiErrorCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, void* user_data, const char* msg); // Function signature for g.ErrorCallback

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// See IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG() and IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_XXX() macros.
enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_
{
    // Event types
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None                 = 0,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError           = 1 << 0,   // Error submitted by IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR()
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId        = 1 << 1,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus           = 1 << 2,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup           = 1 << 3,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav             = 1 << 4,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper         = 1 << 5,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection       = 1 << 6,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO              = 1 << 7,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFont            = 1 << 8,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting    = 1 << 9,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking         = 1 << 10,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport        = 1 << 11,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventTable           = 1 << 12,

    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_           = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventTable | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFont | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport,
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY          = 1 << 20,  // Also send output to TTY
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToDebugger     = 1 << 21,  // Also send output to Debugger Console [Windows only]
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine   = 1 << 22,  // Also send output to Dear ImGui Test Engine
};

struct ImGuiDebugAllocEntry
{
    int         FrameCount;
    ImS16       AllocCount;
    ImS16       FreeCount;
};

struct ImGuiDebugAllocInfo
{
    int         TotalAllocCount;            // Number of call to MemAlloc().
    int         TotalFreeCount;
    ImS16       LastEntriesIdx;             // Current index in buffer
    ImGuiDebugAllocEntry LastEntriesBuf[6]; // Track last 6 frames that had allocations

    ImGuiDebugAllocInfo() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

struct ImGuiMetricsConfig
{
    bool        ShowDebugLog = false;
    bool        ShowIDStackTool = false;
    bool        ShowWindowsRects = false;
    bool        ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false;
    bool        ShowTablesRects = false;
    bool        ShowDrawCmdMesh = true;
    bool        ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true;
    bool        ShowTextEncodingViewer = false;
    bool        ShowTextureUsedRect = false;
    bool        ShowDockingNodes = false;
    int         ShowWindowsRectsType = -1;
    int         ShowTablesRectsType = -1;
    int         HighlightMonitorIdx = -1;
    ImGuiID     HighlightViewportID = 0;
    int         SettingsDiscardMonths = 6;
    bool        SettingsHighlightOldEntries = false;
    bool        ShowFontPreview = true;
};

struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo
{
    ImGuiID                 ID;
    ImS8                    QueryFrameCount;            // >= 1: Sub-query in progress
    bool                    QuerySuccess;               // Sub-query obtained result from DebugHookIdInfo()
    ImS8                    DataType;                   // ImGuiDataType
    int                     DescOffset;                 // -1 or offset into parent's ResultsPathsBuf

    ImGuiStackLevelInfo()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); DataType = -1; DescOffset = -1; }
};

struct ImGuiDebugItemPathQuery
{
    ImGuiID                 MainID;                     // ID to query details for.
    bool                    Active;                     // Used to disambiguate the case when ID == 0 and e.g. some code calls PushOverrideID(0).
    bool                    Complete;                   // All sub-queries are finished (some may have failed).
    ImS8                    Step;                       // -1: query stack + init Results, >= 0: filling individual stack level.
    ImVector<ImGuiStackLevelInfo> Results;
    ImGuiTextBuffer         ResultsDescBuf;
    ImGuiTextBuffer         ResultPathBuf;

    ImGuiDebugItemPathQuery() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

// State for ID Stack tool queries
struct ImGuiIDStackTool
{
    bool                    OptHexEncodeNonAsciiChars;
    bool                    OptCopyToClipboardOnCtrlC;
    int                     LastActiveFrame;
    float                   CopyToClipboardLastTime;

    ImGuiIDStackTool()      { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastActiveFrame = -1; OptHexEncodeNonAsciiChars = true; CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook);
enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ };

struct ImGuiContextHook
{
    ImGuiID                     HookId;     // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook()
    ImGuiContextHookType        Type;
    ImGuiID                     Owner;
    ImGuiContextHookCallback    Callback;
    void*                       UserData;

    ImGuiContextHook()          { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

typedef void (*ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback)(const char* file, int line, const char* section);

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main Dear ImGui context)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

struct ImGuiContext
{
    bool                    Initialized;
    bool                    WithinFrameScope;                   // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame()
    bool                    WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed
    bool                    TestEngineHookItems;                // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log()
    int                     FrameCount;
    int                     FrameCountEnded;
    int                     FrameCountPlatformEnded;
    int                     FrameCountRendered;
    double                  Time;
    char                    ContextName[16];                    // Storage for a context name (to facilitate debugging multi-context setups)
    ImGuiIO                 IO;
    ImGuiPlatformIO         PlatformIO;
    ImGuiStyle              Style;
    ImGuiConfigFlags        ConfigFlagsCurrFrame;               // = g.IO.ConfigFlags at the time of NewFrame()
    ImGuiConfigFlags        ConfigFlagsLastFrame;
    ImVector<ImFontAtlas*>  FontAtlases;                        // List of font atlases used by the context (generally only contains g.IO.Fonts aka the main font atlas)
    ImFont*                 Font;                               // Currently bound font. (== FontStack.back().Font)
    ImFontBaked*            FontBaked;                          // Currently bound font at currently bound size. (== Font->GetFontBaked(FontSize))
    float                   FontSize;                           // Currently bound font size == line height (== FontSizeBase + externals scales applied in the UpdateCurrentFontSize() function).
    float                   FontSizeBase;                       // Font size before scaling == style.FontSizeBase == value passed to PushFont() when specified.
    float                   FontBakedScale;                     // == FontBaked->Size / FontSize. Scale factor over baked size. Rarely used nowadays, very often == 1.0f.
    float                   FontRasterizerDensity;              // Current font density. Used by all calls to GetFontBaked().
    float                   CurrentDpiScale;                    // Current window/viewport DpiScale == CurrentViewport->DpiScale
    ImDrawListSharedData    DrawListSharedData;
    ImGuiID                 WithinEndChildID;                   // Set within EndChild()
    ImGuiID                 WithinEndPopupID;                   // Set within EndPopup()
    void*                   TestEngine;                         // Test engine user data

    // Inputs
    ImVector<ImGuiInputEvent> InputEventsQueue;                 // Input events which will be trickled/written into IO structure.
    ImVector<ImGuiInputEvent> InputEventsTrail;                 // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail.
    ImGuiMouseSource        InputEventsNextMouseSource;
    ImU32                   InputEventsNextEventId;

    // Windows state
    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  Windows;                            // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front
    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsFocusOrder;                  // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front.
    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  WindowsTempSortBuffer;              // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child
    ImVector<ImGuiWindowStackData> CurrentWindowStack;
    ImGuiStorage            WindowsById;                        // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
    int                     WindowsActiveCount;                 // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
    float                   WindowsBorderHoverPadding;          // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, style.WindowBorderHoverPadding). This isn't so multi-dpi friendly.
    ImGuiID                 DebugBreakInWindow;                 // Set to break in Begin() call.
    ImGuiWindow*            CurrentWindow;                      // Window being drawn into
    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindow;                      // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs.
    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;     // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set.
    ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindowBeforeClear;           // Window the mouse is hovering. Filled even with _NoMouse. This is currently useful for multi-context compositors.
    ImGuiWindow*            MovingWindow;                       // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree.
    ImGuiWindow*            WheelingWindow;                     // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window.
    ImVec2                  WheelingWindowRefMousePos;
    int                     WheelingWindowStartFrame;           // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL
    int                     WheelingWindowScrolledFrame;
    float                   WheelingWindowReleaseTimer;
    ImVec2                  WheelingWindowWheelRemainder;
    ImVec2                  WheelingAxisAvg;

    // Item/widgets state and tracking information
    ImGuiID                 DebugDrawIdConflictsId;             // Set when we detect multiple items with the same identifier
    ImGuiID                 DebugHookIdInfoId;                  // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line]
    ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
    ImGuiID                 HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
    int                     HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount;    // Count numbers of items using the same ID as last frame's hovered id
    float                   HoveredIdTimer;                     // Measure contiguous hovering time
    float                   HoveredIdNotActiveTimer;            // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active
    bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
    bool                    HoveredIdIsDisabled;                // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
    bool                    ItemUnclipByLog;                    // Disable ItemAdd() clipping, essentially a memory-locality friendly copy of LogEnabled
    bool                    AnyIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame;
    ImGuiID                 ActiveId;                           // Active widget
    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdIsAlive;                    // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame)
    float                   ActiveIdTimer;
    bool                    ActiveIdIsJustActivated;            // Set at the time of activation for one frame
    bool                    ActiveIdWasSelected;                // Active ID was selected at the time of activating
    bool                    ActiveIdWasSoleSelected;            // Active ID was sole selection at the time of activating
    bool                    ActiveIdAllowOverlap;               // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always)
    bool                    ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss;         // Disable losing active id if the active id window gets unfocused.
    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore;       // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch.
    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;        // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state.
    bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame;
    bool                    ActiveIdFromShortcut;
    ImS8                    ActiveIdMouseButton;
    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdDisabledId;                 // When clicking a disabled item we set ActiveId=window->MoveId to avoid interference with widget code. Actual item ID is stored here.
    ImVec2                  ActiveIdClickOffset;                // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior)
    ImGuiInputSource        ActiveIdSource;                     // Activating source: ImGuiInputSource_Mouse OR ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard OR ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad
    ImGuiWindow*            ActiveIdWindow;
    ImGuiID                 ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
    ImGuiDeactivatedItemData DeactivatedItemData;
    ImGuiDataTypeStorage    ActiveIdValueOnActivation;          // Backup of initial value at the time of activation. ONLY SET BY SPECIFIC WIDGETS: DragXXX and SliderXXX.
    ImGuiID                 LastActiveId;                       // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation.
    float                   LastActiveIdTimer;                  // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation.
    bool                    LastActiveIdWasSelected;
    bool                    LastActiveIdWasSoleSelected;

    // Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system
    // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner.
    // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
    // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame().
    double                  LastKeyModsChangeTime;              // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
    double                  LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime;      // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
    double                  LastKeyboardKeyPressTime;           // Record the last time a keyboard key (ignore mouse/gamepad ones) was pressed.
    ImBitArrayForNamedKeys  KeysMayBeCharInput;                 // Lookup to tell if a key can emit char input, see IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(). sizeof() = 20 bytes
    ImGuiKeyOwnerData       KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT];
    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable    KeysRoutingTable;
    ImU32                   ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask;            // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it)
    bool                    ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys;       // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (this is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys, frequently used by drag operations)
    ImGuiKeyChord           DebugBreakInShortcutRouting;        // Set to break in SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() calls.
    //ImU32                 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask;          // [OBSOLETE] Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes --> 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);'

    // Next window/item data
    ImGuiID                 CurrentFocusScopeId;                // Value for currently appending items == g.FocusScopeStack.back(). Not to be mistaken with g.NavFocusScopeId.
    ImGuiItemFlags          CurrentItemFlags;                   // Value for currently appending items == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()
    ImGuiID                 DebugLocateId;                      // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location
    ImGuiNextItemData       NextItemData;                       // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
    ImGuiLastItemData       LastItemData;                       // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd)
    ImGuiNextWindowData     NextWindowData;                     // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
    bool                    DebugShowGroupRects;
    bool                    GcCompactAll;                       // Request full GC

    // Shared stacks
    ImGuiCol                        DebugFlashStyleColorIdx;    // (Keep close to ColorStack to share cache line)
    ImVector<ImGuiColorMod>         ColorStack;                 // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin()
    ImVector<ImGuiStyleMod>         StyleVarStack;              // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin()
    ImVector<ImFontStackData>       FontStack;                  // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin()
    ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData>   FocusScopeStack;            // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin()
    ImVector<ImGuiItemFlags>        ItemFlagsStack;             // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin()
    ImVector<ImGuiGroupData>        GroupStack;                 // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin()
    ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>        OpenPopupStack;             // Which popups are open (persistent)
    ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>        BeginPopupStack;            // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
    ImVector<ImGuiTreeNodeStackData>TreeNodeStack;              // Stack for TreeNode()

    // Viewports
    ImVector<ImGuiViewportP*> Viewports;                        // Active viewports (always 1+, and generally 1 unless multi-viewports are enabled). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData.
    ImGuiViewportP*         CurrentViewport;                    // We track changes of viewport (happening in Begin) so we can call Platform_OnChangedViewport()
    ImGuiViewportP*         MouseViewport;
    ImGuiViewportP*         MouseLastHoveredViewport;           // Last known viewport that was hovered by mouse (even if we are not hovering any viewport any more) + honoring the _NoInputs flag.
    ImGuiID                 PlatformLastFocusedViewportId;
    ImGuiPlatformMonitor    FallbackMonitor;                    // Virtual monitor used as fallback if backend doesn't provide monitor information.
    ImRect                  PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect;       // Bounding box of all platform monitors
    int                     ViewportCreatedCount;               // Unique sequential creation counter (mostly for testing/debugging)
    int                     PlatformWindowsCreatedCount;        // Unique sequential creation counter (mostly for testing/debugging)
    int                     ViewportFocusedStampCount;          // Every time the front-most window changes, we stamp its viewport with an incrementing counter

    // Keyboard/Gamepad Navigation
    bool                    NavCursorVisible;                   // Nav focus cursor/rectangle is visible? We hide it after a mouse click. We show it after a nav move.
    bool                    NavHighlightItemUnderNav;           // Disable mouse hovering highlight. Highlight navigation focused item instead of mouse hovered item.
    //bool                  NavDisableHighlight;                // Old name for !g.NavCursorVisible before 1.91.4 (2024/10/18). OPPOSITE VALUE (g.NavDisableHighlight == !g.NavCursorVisible)
    //bool                  NavDisableMouseHover;               // Old name for g.NavHighlightItemUnderNav before 1.91.1 (2024/10/18) this was called When user starts using keyboard/gamepad, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again.
    bool                    NavMousePosDirty;                   // When set we will update mouse position if io.ConfigNavMoveSetMousePos is set (not enabled by default)
    bool                    NavIdIsAlive;                       // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid
    ImGuiID                 NavId;                              // Focused item for navigation
    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindow;                          // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow'
    ImGuiID                 NavFocusScopeId;                    // Focused focus scope (e.g. selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the same scope)
    ImGuiNavLayer           NavLayer;                           // Focused layer (main scrolling layer, or menu/title bar layer)
    ImGuiItemFlags          NavIdItemFlags;
    ImGuiID                 NavActivateId;                      // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItemByID()
    ImGuiID                 NavActivateDownId;                  // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0
    ImGuiID                 NavActivatePressedId;               // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat)
    ImGuiActivateFlags      NavActivateFlags;
    ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData> NavFocusRoute;                // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
    ImGuiID                 NavHighlightActivatedId;
    float                   NavHighlightActivatedTimer;
    ImGuiID                 NavOpenContextMenuItemId;
    ImGuiID                 NavOpenContextMenuWindowId;
    ImGuiID                 NavNextActivateId;                  // Set by ActivateItemByID(), queued until next frame.
    ImGuiActivateFlags      NavNextActivateFlags;
    ImGuiInputSource        NavInputSource;                     // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS CAN ONLY BE ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard or ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad
    ImGuiSelectionUserData  NavLastValidSelectionUserData;      // Last valid data passed to SetNextItemSelectionUser(), or -1. For current window. Not reset when focusing an item that doesn't have selection data.
    ImS8                    NavCursorHideFrames;
    //ImGuiID               NavActivateInputId;                 // Removed in 1.89.4 (July 2023). This is now part of g.NavActivateId and sets g.NavActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput. See commit c9a53aa74, issue #5606.

    // Navigation: Init & Move Requests
    bool                    NavAnyRequest;                      // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd()
    bool                    NavInitRequest;                     // Init request for appearing window to select first item
    bool                    NavInitRequestFromMove;
    ImGuiNavItemData        NavInitResult;                      // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called)
    bool                    NavMoveSubmitted;                   // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame()
    bool                    NavMoveScoringItems;                // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items
    bool                    NavMoveForwardToNextFrame;
    ImGuiNavMoveFlags       NavMoveFlags;
    ImGuiScrollFlags        NavMoveScrollFlags;
    ImGuiKeyChord           NavMoveKeyMods;
    ImGuiDir                NavMoveDir;                         // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down)
    ImGuiDir                NavMoveDirForDebug;
    ImGuiDir                NavMoveClipDir;                     // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename?
    ImRect                  NavScoringRect;                     // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring.
    ImRect                  NavScoringNoClipRect;               // Some nav operations (such as PageUp/PageDown) enforce a region which clipper will attempt to always keep submitted. Unset/invalid if inverted.
    int                     NavScoringDebugCount;               // Metrics for debugging
    int                     NavTabbingDir;                      // Generally -1 or +1, 0 when tabbing without a nav id
    int                     NavTabbingCounter;                  // >0 when counting items for tabbing
    ImGuiNavItemData        NavMoveResultLocal;                 // Best move request candidate within NavWindow
    ImGuiNavItemData        NavMoveResultLocalVisible;          // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag)
    ImGuiNavItemData        NavMoveResultOther;                 // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag)
    ImGuiNavItemData        NavTabbingResultFirst;              // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy

    // Navigation: record of last move request
    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId;       // Just navigated from this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToId;                   // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
    ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId;         // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
    ImGuiKeyChord           NavJustMovedToKeyMods;
    bool                    NavJustMovedToIsTabbing;            // Copy of ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing. Maybe we should store whole flags.
    bool                    NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData;     // Copy of move result's ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData). Maybe we should just store ImGuiNavItemData.

    // Navigation: extra config options (will be made public eventually)
    // - Tabbing (Tab, Shift+Tab) and Windowing (Ctrl+Tab, Ctrl+Shift+Tab) are enabled REGARDLESS of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard being set.
    // - Ctrl+Tab is reconfigurable because it is the only shortcut that may be polled when no window are focused. It also doesn't work e.g. Web platforms.
    bool                    ConfigNavEnableTabbing;             // = true. Enable tabbing (Tab, Shift+Tab). PLEASE LET ME KNOW IF YOU USE THIS.
    bool                    ConfigNavWindowingWithGamepad;      // = true. Enable Ctrl+Tab by holding ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft (== ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu). When false, the button may still be used to toggle Menu layer.
    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X). Set to 0 to disable. For reconfiguration (see #4828)
    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X)

    // Navigation: Windowing (Ctrl+Tab for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize)
    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTarget;                 // Target window when doing Ctrl+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most!
    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTargetAnim;             // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it.
    ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingListWindow;             // Internal window actually listing the Ctrl+Tab contents
    float                   NavWindowingTimer;
    float                   NavWindowingHighlightAlpha;
    ImGuiInputSource        NavWindowingInputSource;
    bool                    NavWindowingToggleLayer;            // Set while Alt or GamepadMenu is held, may be cleared by other operations, and processed when releasing the key.
    ImGuiKey                NavWindowingToggleKey;              // Keyboard/gamepad key used when toggling to menu layer.
    ImVec2                  NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos;
    ImVec2                  NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize;

    // Render
    float                   DimBgRatio;                         // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and Ctrl+Tab list)

    // Drag and Drop
    bool                    DragDropActive;
    bool                    DragDropWithinSource;               // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag source.
    bool                    DragDropWithinTarget;               // Set when within a BeginDragDropXXX/EndDragDropXXX block for a drag target.
    ImGuiDragDropFlags      DragDropSourceFlags;
    int                     DragDropSourceFrameCount;
    int                     DragDropMouseButton;
    ImGuiPayload            DragDropPayload;
    ImRect                  DragDropTargetRect;                 // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping)
    ImRect                  DragDropTargetClipRect;             // Store ClipRect at the time of item's drawing
    ImGuiID                 DragDropTargetId;
    ImGuiID                 DragDropTargetFullViewport;
    ImGuiDragDropFlags      DragDropAcceptFlagsCurr;
    ImGuiDragDropFlags      DragDropAcceptFlagsPrev;
    float                   DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface;    // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface)
    ImGuiID                 DragDropAcceptIdCurr;               // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload)
    ImGuiID                 DragDropAcceptIdPrev;               // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets)
    int                     DragDropAcceptFrameCount;           // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source
    ImGuiID                 DragDropHoldJustPressedId;          // Set when holding a payload just made ButtonBehavior() return a press.
    ImVector<unsigned char> DragDropPayloadBufHeap;             // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size
    unsigned char           DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16];        // Local buffer for small payloads

    // Clipper
    int                             ClipperTempDataStacked;
    ImVector<ImGuiListClipperData>  ClipperTempData;

    // Tables
    ImGuiTable*                     CurrentTable;
    ImGuiID                         DebugBreakInTable;          // Set to break in BeginTable() call.
    int                             TablesTempDataStacked;      // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size)
    ImVector<ImGuiTableTempData>    TablesTempData;             // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting)
    ImPool<ImGuiTable>              Tables;                     // Persistent table data
    ImVector<float>                 TablesLastTimeActive;       // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC)
    ImVector<ImDrawChannel>         DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer;

    // Tab bars
    ImGuiTabBar*                    CurrentTabBar;
    ImPool<ImGuiTabBar>             TabBars;
    ImVector<ImGuiPtrOrIndex>       CurrentTabBarStack;
    ImVector<ImGuiShrinkWidthItem>  ShrinkWidthBuffer;

    // Multi-Select state
    ImGuiBoxSelectState             BoxSelectState;
    ImGuiMultiSelectTempData*       CurrentMultiSelect;
    int                             MultiSelectTempDataStacked; // Temporary multi-select data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use MultiSelectTempData.Size)
    ImVector<ImGuiMultiSelectTempData> MultiSelectTempData;
    ImPool<ImGuiMultiSelectState>   MultiSelectStorage;

    // Hover Delay system
    ImGuiID                 HoverItemDelayId;
    ImGuiID                 HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame;
    float                   HoverItemDelayTimer;                // Currently used by IsItemHovered()
    float                   HoverItemDelayClearTimer;           // Currently used by IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared.
    ImGuiID                 HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId;      // Mouse has once been stationary on this item. Only reset after departing the item.
    ImGuiID                 HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId;    // Mouse has once been stationary on this window. Only reset after departing the window.

    // Mouse state
    ImGuiMouseCursor        MouseCursor;
    float                   MouseStationaryTimer;               // Time the mouse has been stationary (with some loose heuristic)
    ImVec2                  MouseLastValidPos;

    // Widget state
    ImGuiInputTextState     InputTextState;
    ImGuiTextIndex          InputTextLineIndex;                 // Temporary storage
    ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState;
    ImFontBaked             InputTextPasswordFontBackupBaked;
    ImFontFlags             InputTextPasswordFontBackupFlags;
    ImGuiID                 InputTextReactivateId;              // ID of InputText to reactivate on next frame (for io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive behavior)
    ImGuiID                 TempInputId;                        // Temporary text input when using Ctrl+Click on a slider, etc.
    ImGuiDataTypeStorage    DataTypeZeroValue;                  // 0 for all data types
    int                     BeginMenuDepth;
    int                     BeginComboDepth;
    ImGuiID                 ColorEditCurrentID;                 // Set temporarily while inside of the parent-most ColorEdit4/ColorPicker4 (because they call each others).
    ImGuiID                 ColorEditSavedID;                   // ID we are saving/restoring HS for
    float                   ColorEditSavedHue;                  // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
    float                   ColorEditSavedSat;                  // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
    ImU32                   ColorEditSavedColor;                // RGB value with alpha set to 0.
    ImVec4                  ColorPickerRef;                     // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker.
    ImGuiComboPreviewData   ComboPreviewData;
    ImRect                  WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect;     // Expected border rect, switch to relative edit if moving
    bool                    WindowResizeRelativeMode;
    short                   ScrollbarSeekMode;                  // 0: scroll to clicked location, -1/+1: prev/next page.
    float                   ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // When scrolling to mouse location: distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space.
    float                   SliderGrabClickOffset;
    float                   SliderCurrentAccum;                 // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls.
    bool                    SliderCurrentAccumDirty;            // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it?
    bool                    DragCurrentAccumDirty;
    float                   DragCurrentAccum;                   // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings
    float                   DragSpeedDefaultRatio;              // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
    float                   DisabledAlphaBackup;                // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled()
    short                   DisabledStackSize;
    short                   TooltipOverrideCount;
    ImGuiWindow*            TooltipPreviousWindow;              // Window of last tooltip submitted during the frame
    ImVector<char>          ClipboardHandlerData;               // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
    ImVector<ImGuiID>       MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame;          // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once
    ImGuiTypingSelectState  TypingSelectState;                  // State for GetTypingSelectRequest()

    // Platform support
    ImGuiPlatformImeData    PlatformImeData;                    // Data updated by current frame. Will be applied at end of the frame. For some backends, this is required to have WantVisible=true in order to receive text message.
    ImGuiPlatformImeData    PlatformImeDataPrev;                // Previous frame data. When changed we call the platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn() handler.

    // Extensions
    // FIXME: We could provide an API to register one slot in an array held in ImGuiContext?
    ImVector<ImTextureData*> UserTextures;                      // List of textures created/managed by user or third-party extension. Automatically appended into platform_io.Textures[].
    ImGuiDockContext        DockContext;
    void                    (*DockNodeWindowMenuHandler)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);

    // Settings
    ImGuiPackedDate         SessionDate;                        // Packed copy of platform_io.Platform_SessionDate, when valid.
    bool                    SettingsLoaded;
    float                   SettingsDirtyTimer;                 // Save .ini Settings to memory when time reaches zero
    ImGuiTextBuffer         SettingsIniData;                    // In memory .ini settings
    ImVector<ImGuiSettingsHandler>      SettingsHandlers;       // List of .ini settings handlers
    ImChunkStream<ImGuiWindowSettings>  SettingsWindows;        // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries
    ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings>   SettingsTables;         // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries

    // Hooks
    ImVector<ImGuiContextHook>          Hooks;                  // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine)
    ImGuiID                             HookIdNext;             // Next available HookId
    ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback             DemoMarkerCallback;

    // Localization
    const char*             LocalizationTable[ImGuiLocKey_COUNT];

    // Capture/Logging
    bool                    LogEnabled;                         // Currently capturing
    bool                    LogLineFirstItem;
    ImGuiLogFlags           LogFlags;                           // Capture flags/type
    ImGuiWindow*            LogWindow;
    ImFileHandle            LogFile;                            // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
    ImGuiTextBuffer         LogBuffer;                          // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
    const char*             LogNextPrefix;                      // See comment in LogSetNextTextDecoration(): doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully!
    const char*             LogNextSuffix;
    float                   LogLinePosY;
    int                     LogDepthRef;
    int                     LogDepthToExpand;
    int                     LogDepthToExpandDefault;            // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call.

    // Error Handling
    ImGuiErrorCallback      ErrorCallback;                      // = NULL. May be exposed in public API eventually.
    void*                   ErrorCallbackUserData;              // = NULL
    ImVec2                  ErrorTooltipLockedPos;
    bool                    ErrorFirst;
    int                     ErrorCountCurrentFrame;             // [Internal] Number of errors submitted this frame.
    ImGuiErrorRecoveryState StackSizesInNewFrame;               // [Internal]
    ImGuiErrorRecoveryState*StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow;  // [Internal]

    // Debug Tools
    // (some of the highly frequently used data are interleaved in other structures above: DebugBreakXXX fields, DebugHookIdInfo, DebugLocateId etc.)
    int                     DebugDrawIdConflictsCount;          // Locked count (preserved when holding Ctrl)
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags      DebugLogFlags;
    ImGuiTextBuffer         DebugLogBuf;
    ImGuiTextIndex          DebugLogIndex;
    int                     DebugLogSkippedErrors;
    ImGuiDebugLogFlags      DebugLogAutoDisableFlags;
    ImU8                    DebugLogAutoDisableFrames;
    ImU8                    DebugLocateFrames;                  // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above.
    bool                    DebugBreakInLocateId;               // Debug break in ItemAdd() call for g.DebugLocateId.
    ImGuiKeyChord           DebugBreakKeyChord;                 // = ImGuiKey_Pause
    ImS8                    DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth;     // Cycle between 0..9 then wrap around.
    bool                    DebugItemPickerActive;              // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker())
    ImU8                    DebugItemPickerMouseButton;
    ImGuiID                 DebugItemPickerBreakId;             // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID
    float                   DebugFlashStyleColorTime;
    ImVec4                  DebugFlashStyleColorBackup;
    ImGuiMetricsConfig      DebugMetricsConfig;
    ImGuiDebugItemPathQuery DebugItemPathQuery;
    ImGuiIDStackTool        DebugIDStackTool;
    ImGuiDebugAllocInfo     DebugAllocInfo;
    ImGuiDockNode*          DebugHoveredDockNode;               // Hovered dock node.
#if defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_HIGHLIGHT_ALL_ID_CONFLICTS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS)
    ImGuiStorage            DebugDrawIdConflictsAliveCount;
    ImGuiStorage            DebugDrawIdConflictsHighlightSet;
#endif

    // Misc
    float                   FramerateSecPerFrame[60];           // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames..
    int                     FramerateSecPerFrameIdx;
    int                     FramerateSecPerFrameCount;
    float                   FramerateSecPerFrameAccum;
    int                     WantCaptureMouseNextFrame;          // Explicit capture override via SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()/SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(). Default to -1.
    int                     WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame;       // "
    int                     WantTextInputNextFrame;             // Copied in EndFrame() from g.PlatformImeData.WantTextInput. Needs to be set for some backends (SDL3) to emit character inputs.
    ImVector<char>          TempBuffer;                         // Temporary text buffer
    char                    TempKeychordName[64];

    ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas);
    ~ImGuiContext();
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#define IMGUI_WINDOW_HARD_MIN_SIZE 4.0f

// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow.
// (That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered..)
// (This doesn't need a constructor because we zero-clear it as part of ImGuiWindow and all frame-temporary data are setup on Begin)
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
{
    // Layout
    ImVec2                  CursorPos;              // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates.
    ImVec2                  CursorPosPrevLine;
    ImVec2                  CursorStartPos;         // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding.
    ImVec2                  CursorMaxPos;           // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame.
    ImVec2                  IdealMaxPos;            // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame.
    ImVec2                  CurrLineSize;
    ImVec2                  PrevLineSize;
    float                   CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added).
    float                   PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
    bool                    IsSameLine;
    bool                    IsSetPos;
    ImVec1                  Indent;                 // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.)
    ImVec1                  ColumnsOffset;          // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
    ImVec1                  GroupOffset;
    ImVec2                  CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area.

    // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation
    ImGuiNavLayer           NavLayerCurrent;        // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1)
    short                   NavLayersActiveMask;    // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame)
    short                   NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame)
    bool                    NavIsScrollPushableX;   // Set when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. This is generally always true UNLESS within a column.
    bool                    NavHideHighlightOneFrame;
    bool                    NavWindowHasScrollY;    // Set per window when scrolling can be used (== ScrollMax.y > 0.0f)

    // Miscellaneous
    bool                    MenuBarAppending;       // FIXME: Remove this
    ImVec2                  MenuBarOffset;          // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs.
    ImGuiMenuColumns        MenuColumns;            // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement
    int                     TreeDepth;              // Current tree depth.
    ImU32                   TreeHasStackDataDepthMask;      // Store whether given depth has ImGuiTreeNodeStackData data. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary.
    ImU32                   TreeRecordsClippedNodesY2Mask;  // Store whether we should keep recording Y2. Cleared when passing clip max. Equivalent TreeHasStackDataDepthMask value should always be set.
    ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  ChildWindows;
    ImGuiStorage*           StateStorage;           // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state)
    ImGuiOldColumns*        CurrentColumns;         // Current columns set
    int                     CurrentTableIdx;        // Current table index (into g.Tables)
    ImGuiLayoutType         LayoutType;
    ImGuiLayoutType         ParentLayoutType;       // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin()
    ImU32                   ModalDimBgColor;

    // Status flags
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    WindowItemStatusFlags;
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    ChildItemStatusFlags;
    ImGuiItemStatusFlags    DockTabItemStatusFlags;
    ImRect                  DockTabItemRect;

    // Local parameters stacks
    // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings.
    float                   ItemWidth;              // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window).
    float                   ItemWidthDefault;
    float                   TextWrapPos;            // Current text wrap pos.
    ImVector<float>         ItemWidthStack;         // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth)
    ImVector<float>         TextWrapPosStack;       // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos)
};

// Storage for one window
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
{
    ImGuiContext*           Ctx;                                // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
    char*                   Name;                               // Window name, owned by the window.
    ImGuiID                 ID;                                 // == ImHashStr(Name)
    ImGuiWindowFlags        Flags, FlagsPreviousFrame;          // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
    ImGuiChildFlags         ChildFlags;                         // Set when window is a child window. See enum ImGuiChildFlags_
    ImGuiWindowClass        WindowClass;                        // Advanced users only. Set with SetNextWindowClass()
    ImGuiViewportP*         Viewport;                           // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded.
    ImGuiID                 ViewportId;                         // We backup the viewport id (since the viewport may disappear or never be created if the window is inactive)
    ImVec2                  ViewportPos;                        // We backup the viewport position (since the viewport may disappear or never be created if the window is inactive)
    int                     ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend; // Reset to -1 every frame (index is guaranteed to be valid between NewFrame..EndFrame), only used in the Appearing frame of a tooltip/popup to enforce clamping to a given monitor
    ImVec2                  Pos;                                // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel)
    ImVec2                  Size;                               // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size)
    ImVec2                  SizeFull;                           // Size when non collapsed
    ImVec2                  ContentSize;                        // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding.
    ImVec2                  ContentSizeIdeal;
    ImVec2                  ContentSizeExplicit;                // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize().
    ImVec2                  WindowPadding;                      // Window padding at the time of Begin().
    float                   WindowRounding;                     // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc.
    float                   WindowBorderSize;                   // Window border size at the time of Begin().
    float                   TitleBarHeight, MenuBarHeight;      // Note that those used to be function before 2024/05/28. If you have old code calling TitleBarHeight() you can change it to TitleBarHeight.
    float                   DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1;   // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin().
    float                   DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2;   // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y).
    float                   DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1;   // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes).
    int                     NameBufLen;                         // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)!
    ImGuiID                 MoveId;                             // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
    ImGuiID                 TabId;                              // == window->GetID("#TAB")
    ImGuiID                 ChildId;                            // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window)
    ImGuiID                 PopupId;                            // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
    ImVec2                  Scroll;
    ImVec2                  ScrollMax;
    ImVec2                  ScrollTarget;                       // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change)
    ImVec2                  ScrollTargetCenterRatio;            // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered
    ImVec2                  ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist;           // 0.0f = no snapping, >0.0f snapping threshold
    ImVec2                  ScrollbarSizes;                     // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar.
    bool                    ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY;             // Are scrollbars visible?
    bool                    ScrollbarXStabilizeEnabled;         // Was ScrollbarX previously auto-stabilized?
    ImU8                    ScrollbarXStabilizeToggledHistory;  // Used to stabilize scrollbar visibility in case of feedback loops
    bool                    ViewportOwned;
    bool                    Active;                             // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed
    bool                    WasActive;
    bool                    WriteAccessed;                      // Set to true when any widget access the current window
    bool                    Collapsed;                          // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar
    bool                    WantCollapseToggle;
    bool                    SkipItems;                          // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed)
    bool                    SkipRefresh;                        // [EXPERIMENTAL] Reuse previous frame drawn contents, Begin() returns false.
    bool                    Appearing;                          // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing)
    bool                    Hidden;                             // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0)
    bool                    IsFallbackWindow;                   // Set on the "Debug##Default" window.
    bool                    IsExplicitChild;                    // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked()
    bool                    HasCloseButton;                     // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL)
    signed char             ResizeBorderHovered;                // Current border being hovered for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
    signed char             ResizeBorderHeld;                   // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
    short                   BeginCount;                         // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
    short                   BeginCountPreviousFrame;            // Number of Begin() during the previous frame
    short                   BeginOrderWithinParent;             // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
    short                   BeginOrderWithinContext;            // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
    short                   FocusOrder;                         // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused.
    ImGuiDir                AutoPosLastDirection;
    ImS8                    AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
    bool                    AutoFitOnlyGrows;
    ImS8                    HiddenFramesCanSkipItems;           // Hide the window for N frames
    ImS8                    HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems;        // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size
    ImS8                    HiddenFramesForRenderOnly;          // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only
    ImS8                    DisableInputsFrames;                // Disable window interactions for N frames
    ImGuiWindowBgClickFlags BgClickFlags : 8;                   // Configure behavior of click+dragging on window bg/void or over items. Default sets by io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly. If you use this please report in #3379.
    ImGuiCond               SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8;         // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use.
    ImGuiCond               SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8;        // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use.
    ImGuiCond               SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8;   // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use.
    ImGuiCond               SetWindowDockAllowFlags : 8;        // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowDock() use.
    ImVec2                  SetWindowPosVal;                    // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size)
    ImVec2                  SetWindowPosPivot;                  // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right.

    ImVector<ImGuiID>       IDStack;                            // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure)
    ImGuiWindowTempData     DC;                                 // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name.

    // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics->Tools->Show Windows Rectangles' viewer.
    // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect().
    ImRect                  OuterRectClipped;                   // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window.
    ImRect                  InnerRect;                          // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar)
    ImRect                  InnerClipRect;                      // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect.
    ImRect                  WorkRect;                           // Initially covers the whole scrolling region. Reduced by containers e.g columns/tables when active. Shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward).
    ImRect                  ParentWorkRect;                     // Backup of WorkRect before entering a container such as columns/tables. Used by e.g. SpanAllColumns functions to easily access. Stacked containers are responsible for maintaining this. // FIXME-WORKRECT: Could be a stack?
    ImRect                  ClipRect;                           // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back().
    ImRect                  ContentRegionRect;                  // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on.
    ImVec2ih                HitTestHoleSize;                    // Define an optional rectangular hole where mouse will pass-through the window.
    ImVec2ih                HitTestHoleOffset;

    int                     LastFrameActive;                    // Last frame number the window was Active.
    int                     LastFrameJustFocused;               // Last frame number the window was made Focused.
    float                   LastTimeActive;                     // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there)
    ImGuiStorage            StateStorage;
    ImVector<ImGuiOldColumns> ColumnsStorage;
    float                   FontWindowScale;                    // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale()
    float                   FontWindowScaleParents;
    float                   FontRefSize;                        // This is a copy of window->CalcFontSize() at the time of Begin(), trying to phase out CalcFontSize() especially as it may be called on non-current window.
    int                     SettingsOffset;                     // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back)

    ImDrawList*             DrawList;                           // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer)
    ImDrawList              DrawListInst;
    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindow;                       // If we are a child _or_ popup _or_ docked window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL.
    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindowInBeginStack;
    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindow;                         // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Doesn't cross through popups/dock nodes.
    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowPopupTree;                // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through popups parent<>child.
    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowDockTree;                 // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through dock nodes.
    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;     // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active.
    ImGuiWindow*            RootWindowForNav;                   // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag.
    ImGuiWindow*            ParentWindowForFocusRoute;          // Set to manual link a window to its logical parent so that Shortcut() chain are honored (e.g. Tool linked to Document)

    ImGuiWindow*            NavLastChildNavWindow;              // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.)
    ImGuiID                 NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT];    // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1)
    ImRect                  NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT];    // Reference rectangle, in window relative space
    ImVec2                  NavPreferredScoringPosRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Preferred X/Y position updated when moving on a given axis, reset to FLT_MAX.
    ImGuiID                 NavRootFocusScopeId;                // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin()

    int                     MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity;          // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy
    int                     MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity;
    bool                    MemoryCompacted;                    // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected

    // Docking
    bool                    DockIsActive        :1;             // When docking artifacts are actually visible. When this is set, DockNode is guaranteed to be != NULL. ~~ (DockNode != NULL) && (DockNode->Windows.Size > 1).
    bool                    DockNodeIsVisible   :1;
    bool                    DockTabIsVisible    :1;             // Is our window visible this frame? ~~ is the corresponding tab selected?
    bool                    DockTabWantClose    :1;
    short                   DockOrder;                          // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible.
    ImGuiWindowDockStyle    DockStyle;
    ImGuiDockNode*          DockNode;                           // Which node are we docked into. Important: Prefer testing DockIsActive in many cases as this will still be set when the dock node is hidden.
    ImGuiDockNode*          DockNodeAsHost;                     // Which node are we owning (for parent windows)
    ImGuiID                 DockId;                             // Backup of last valid DockNode->ID, so single window remember their dock node id even when they are not bound any more

public:
    ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name);
    ~ImGuiWindow();

    ImGuiID     GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
    ImGuiID     GetID(const void* ptr);
    ImGuiID     GetID(int n);
    ImGuiID     GetIDFromPos(const ImVec2& p_abs);
    ImGuiID     GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs);

    // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow.
    ImRect      Rect() const            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
    ImRect      TitleBarRect() const    { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight)); }
    ImRect      MenuBarRect() const     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight; return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight); }

    // [OBSOLETE] ImGuiWindow::CalcFontSize() was removed in 1.92.0 because error-prone/misleading. You can use window->FontRefSize for a copy of g.FontSize at the time of the last Begin() call for this window.
    //float     CalcFontSize() const    { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; return g.FontSizeBase * FontWindowScale * FontDpiScale * FontWindowScaleParents;
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_
enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_
{
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode                   = 1 << 20,  // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around]
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused                  = 1 << 21,
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings               = 1 << 22,  // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs
};

// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_
enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_
{
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_              = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing,
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton             = 1 << 20,  // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout)
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button                    = 1 << 21,  // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Invisible                 = 1 << 22,  // To reserve space e.g. with ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted                  = 1 << 23,  // [Docking] Trailing tabs with the _Unsorted flag will be sorted based on the DockOrder of their Window.
};

// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 48 bytes)
struct ImGuiTabItem
{
    ImGuiID             ID;
    ImGuiTabItemFlags   Flags;
    ImGuiWindow*        Window;                 // When TabItem is part of a DockNode's TabBar, we hold on to a window.
    int                 LastFrameVisible;
    int                 LastFrameSelected;      // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance
    float               Offset;                 // Position relative to beginning of tab bar
    float               Width;                  // Width currently displayed
    float               ContentWidth;           // Width of label + padding, stored during BeginTabItem() call (misnamed as "Content" would normally imply width of label only)
    float               RequestedWidth;         // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused
    ImS32               NameOffset;             // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames
    ImS16               BeginOrder;             // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable
    ImS16               IndexDuringLayout;      // Index only used during TabBarLayout(). Tabs gets reordered so 'Tabs[n].IndexDuringLayout == n' but may mismatch during additions.
    bool                WantClose;              // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed()

    ImGuiTabItem()      { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; }
};

// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 160 bytes)
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar
{
    ImGuiWindow*        Window;
    ImVector<ImGuiTabItem> Tabs;
    ImGuiTabBarFlags    Flags;
    ImGuiID             ID;                     // Zero for tab-bars used by docking
    ImGuiID             SelectedTabId;          // Selected tab/window
    ImGuiID             NextSelectedTabId;      // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation
    ImGuiID             NextScrollToTabId;
    ImGuiID             VisibleTabId;           // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for Ctrl+Tab preview)
    int                 CurrFrameVisible;
    int                 PrevFrameVisible;
    ImRect              BarRect;
    float               BarRectPrevWidth;       // Backup of previous width. When width change we enforce keep horizontal scroll on focused tab.
    float               CurrTabsContentsHeight;
    float               PrevTabsContentsHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar
    float               WidthAllTabs;           // Actual width of all tabs (locked during layout)
    float               WidthAllTabsIdeal;      // Ideal width if all tabs were visible and not clipped
    float               ScrollingAnim;
    float               ScrollingTarget;
    float               ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility;
    float               ScrollingSpeed;
    float               ScrollingRectMinX;
    float               ScrollingRectMaxX;
    float               SeparatorMinX;
    float               SeparatorMaxX;
    ImGuiID             ReorderRequestTabId;
    ImS16               ReorderRequestOffset;
    ImS8                BeginCount;
    bool                WantLayout;
    bool                VisibleTabWasSubmitted;
    bool                TabsAddedNew;           // Set to true when a new tab item or button has been added to the tab bar during last frame
    bool                ScrollButtonEnabled;
    ImS16               TabsActiveCount;        // Number of tabs submitted this frame.
    ImS16               LastTabItemIdx;         // Index of last BeginTabItem() tab for use by EndTabItem()
    float               ItemSpacingY;
    ImVec2              FramePadding;           // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar()
    ImVec2              BackupCursorPos;
    ImGuiTextBuffer     TabsNames;              // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer.

    ImGuiTabBar();
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Table support + internal API
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#define IM_COL32_DISABLE                IM_COL32(0,0,0,1)   // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color.
#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS         512                 // Arbitrary "safety" maximum, may be lifted in the future if needed. Must fit in ImGuiTableColumnIdx/ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx.

// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 120
// We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api.
// We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping.
// This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped".
struct ImGuiTableColumn
{
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags   Flags;                          // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
    float                   WidthGiven;                     // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space.
    float                   MinX;                           // Absolute positions
    float                   MaxX;
    float                   WidthRequest;                   // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout()
    float                   WidthAuto;                      // Automatic width
    float                   WidthMax;                       // Maximum width (FIXME: overwritten by each instance)
    float                   StretchWeight;                  // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially.
    float                   InitStretchWeightOrWidth;       // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_).
    ImRect                  ClipRect;                       // Clipping rectangle for the column
    ImGuiID                 ID;                             // Hash of column name (ignoring top of ID stack), used for .ini persistence when available.
    ImGuiID                 UserData;                       // (Optional) User data value passed to TableSetupColumn()
    float                   WorkMinX;                       // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when entering column
    float                   WorkMaxX;                       // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2)
    float                   ItemWidth;                      // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows
    float                   ContentMaxXFrozen;              // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer content width.
    float                   ContentMaxXUnfrozen;
    float                   ContentMaxXHeadersUsed;         // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader() automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating extraneous draw calls
    float                   ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal;
    ImS16                   NameOffset;                     // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[]
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     DisplayOrder;                   // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users)
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     IndexWithinEnabledSet;          // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder)
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     PrevEnabledColumn;              // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     NextEnabledColumn;              // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     SortOrder;                      // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort
    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent;            // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen;             // Draw channels for frozen rows (often headers)
    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen;           // Draw channels for unfrozen rows
    bool                    IsEnabled;                      // IsUserEnabled && (Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0
    bool                    IsUserEnabled;                  // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (unrelated to being off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling).
    bool                    IsUserEnabledNextFrame;
    bool                    IsVisibleX;                     // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled).
    bool                    IsVisibleY;
    bool                    IsRequestOutput;                // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not.
    bool                    IsSkipItems;                    // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen).
    bool                    IsPreserveWidthAuto : 1;
    bool                    IsJustCreated : 1;
    bool                    IsLoadedSettings : 1;
    bool                    IsNeedReconcileSrc : 1;
    bool                    IsNeedReconcileDst : 1;
    ImS8                    NavLayerCurrent;                // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte
    ImU8                    AutoFitQueue : 4;               // Queue of 4 values for the next 4 frames to request auto-fit
    ImU8                    CannotSkipItemsQueue : 4;       // Queue of 4 values for the next 4 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem
    ImU8                    SortDirection : 2;              // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2;   // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3)
    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4;    // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each)
    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailList;        // Ordered list of available sort directions (2-bits each, total 8-bits)

    ImGuiTableColumn()
    {
        memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this));
        StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f;
        NameOffset = -1;
        DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1;
        PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1;
        SortOrder = -1;
        SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
        IsJustCreated = true;
        DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1;
    }
};

// Passed to TableSetupColumn()
// sizeof() ~ 24+120 bytes
struct ImGuiTableReconcileColumnData
{
    // Setup data
    ImGuiID                 ID;
    ImS16                   NameOffset;
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags   Flags;
    float                   InitWidthOrWeight;
    ImGuiID                 UserData;

    // Reconcile data
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     ColumnNewIdx;   // Index in the current table.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     ColumnOldIdx;   // Index in the previous frame table.
    ImGuiTableColumn        ColumnOldData;  // Full backup of the column. Could be avoided by storing 1 of them and applying reconcile in the right order. Not worth bothering.
};

// Transient cell data stored per row.
// sizeof() ~ 6 bytes
struct ImGuiTableCellData
{
    ImU32                       BgColor;    // Actual color
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Column;     // Column number
};

// Parameters for TableAngledHeadersRowEx()
// This may end up being refactored for more general purpose.
// sizeof() ~ 12 bytes
struct ImGuiTableHeaderData
{
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Index;      // Column index
    ImU32                       TextColor;
    ImU32                       BgColor0;
    ImU32                       BgColor1;
};

// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?)
// sizeof() ~ 24 bytes
struct ImGuiTableInstanceData
{
    ImGuiID                     TableInstanceID;
    float                       LastOuterHeight;            // Outer height from last frame
    float                       LastTopHeadersRowHeight;    // Height of first consecutive header rows from last frame (FIXME: this is used assuming consecutive headers are in same frozen set)
    float                       LastFrozenHeight;           // Height of frozen section from last frame
    int                         HoveredRowLast;             // Index of row which was hovered last frame.
    int                         HoveredRowNext;             // Index of row hovered this frame, set after encountering it.

    ImGuiTableInstanceData()    { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastTopHeadersRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; }
};

// sizeof() ~ 592 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory()
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable
{
    ImGuiID                     ID;
    ImGuiTableFlags             Flags;
    void*                       RawData;                    // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[], and RowCellData[]
    ImGuiTableTempData*         TempData;                   // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[]
    ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn>    Columns;                    // Point within RawData[]
    ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumnIdx> DisplayOrderToIndex;        // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1)
    ImSpan<ImGuiTableCellData>  RowCellData;                // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row.
    ImBitArrayPtr               EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder;  // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map
    ImBitArrayPtr               EnabledMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data
    ImBitArrayPtr               VisibleMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect)
    ImGuiTableFlags             SettingsLoadedFlags;        // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order)
    int                         SettingsOffset;             // Offset in g.SettingsTables
    int                         LastFrameActive;
    int                         ColumnsCount;               // Number of columns declared in BeginTable()
    int                         CurrentRow;
    int                         CurrentColumn;
    ImS16                       InstanceCurrent;            // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple tables with the same ID are multiple tables, they are just synced.
    ImS16                       InstanceInteracted;         // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with
    float                       RowPosY1;
    float                       RowPosY2;
    float                       RowMinHeight;               // Height submitted to TableNextRow()
    float                       RowCellPaddingY;            // Top and bottom padding. Reloaded during row change.
    float                       RowTextBaseline;
    float                       RowIndentOffsetX;
    ImGuiTableRowFlags          RowFlags : 16;              // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_
    ImGuiTableRowFlags          LastRowFlags : 16;
    int                         RowBgColorCounter;          // Counter for alternating background colors (can be fast-forwarded by e.g clipper), not same as CurrentRow because header rows typically don't increase this.
    ImU32                       RowBgColor[2];              // Background color override for current row.
    ImU32                       BorderColorStrong;
    ImU32                       BorderColorLight;
    float                       BorderX1;
    float                       BorderX2;
    float                       HostIndentX;
    float                       MinColumnWidth;
    float                       OuterPaddingX;
    float                       CellPaddingX;               // Padding from each borders. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout.
    float                       CellSpacingX1;              // Spacing between non-bordered cells. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout.
    float                       CellSpacingX2;
    float                       InnerWidth;                 // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details.
    float                       ColumnsGivenWidth;          // Sum of current column width
    float                       ColumnsAutoFitWidth;        // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window
    float                       ColumnsStretchSumWeights;   // Sum of weight of all enabled stretching columns
    float                       ResizedColumnNextWidth;
    float                       ResizeLockMinContentsX2;    // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table.
    float                       RefScale;                   // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
    float                       AngledHeadersHeight;        // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout()
    float                       AngledHeadersSlope;         // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout()
    ImRect                      OuterRect;                  // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable().
    ImRect                      InnerRect;                  // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is "
    ImRect                      WorkRect;
    ImRect                      InnerClipRect;
    ImRect                      BgClipRect;                 // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill, evolve during the frame as we cross frozen rows boundaries
    ImRect                      Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd;      // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped
    ImRect                      Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd;      // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect.
    ImRect                      HostClipRect;               // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window.
    ImRect                      HostBackupInnerClipRect;    // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground()
    ImGuiWindow*                OuterWindow;                // Parent window for the table
    ImGuiWindow*                InnerWindow;                // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window)
    ImGuiTextBuffer             ColumnsNames;               // Contiguous buffer holding columns names
    ImDrawListSplitter*         DrawSplitter;               // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly
    ImGuiTableInstanceData      InstanceDataFirst;
    ImVector<ImGuiTableInstanceData>    InstanceDataExtra;  // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs   SortSpecsSingle;
    ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti;     // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
    ImGuiTableSortSpecs         SortSpecs;                  // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs()
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         SortSpecsCount;
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledCount;        // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledFixedCount;   // Number of enabled columns using fixed width (<= ColumnsCount)
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         DeclColumnsCount;           // Count calls to TableSetupColumn()
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         AngledHeadersCount;         // Count columns with angled headers
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HoveredColumnBody;          // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column!
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HoveredColumnBorder;        // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing).
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HighlightColumnHeader;      // Index of column which should be highlighted.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         AutoFitSingleColumn;        // Index of single column requesting auto-fit.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ResizedColumn;              // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LastResizedColumn;          // Index of column being resized from previous frame.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HeldHeaderColumn;           // Index of column header being held.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LastHeldHeaderColumn;       // Index of column header being held from previous frame.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ReorderColumn;              // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared)
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ReorderColumnDstOrder;      // Requested display order of column being reordered.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LeftMostEnabledColumn;      // Index of left-most non-hidden column.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RightMostEnabledColumn;     // Index of right-most non-hidden column.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LeftMostStretchedColumn;    // Index of left-most stretched column.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RightMostStretchedColumn;   // Index of right-most stretched column.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ContextPopupColumn;         // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeRowsRequest;          // Requested frozen rows count
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeRowsCount;            // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeColumnsRequest;       // Requested frozen columns count
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeColumnsCount;         // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RowCellDataCurrent;         // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row
    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    DummyDrawChannel;           // Redirect non-visible columns here.
    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    Bg2DrawChannelCurrent;      // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen;
    ImS8                        NavLayer;                   // ImGuiNavLayer at the time of BeginTable().
    bool                        IsLayoutLocked;             // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row.
    bool                        IsInsideRow;                // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow().
    bool                        IsInitializing;
    bool                        IsReconcileMode;
    bool                        IsSortSpecsDirty;
    bool                        IsUsingHeaders;             // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag.
    bool                        IsContextPopupOpen;         // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted).
    bool                        DisableDefaultContextMenu;  // Disable default context menu. You may submit your own using TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/EndPopup()
    bool                        IsSettingsRequestLoad;
    bool                        IsSettingsDirty;            // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSettings data.
    bool                        IsDefaultDisplayOrder;      // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1)
    bool                        IsDefaultVisibility;        // Set when enabled/visibility is unchanged from default
    bool                        IsResetAllRequest;          // Set to queue a call to TableResetSettings() in BeginTable()
    bool                        IsResetDisplayOrderRequest;
    bool                        IsResetVisibilityRequest;
    bool                        IsUnfrozenRows;             // Set when we got past the frozen row.
    bool                        IsDefaultSizingPolicy;      // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable()
    bool                        IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable;
    bool                        IsActiveIdInTable;
    bool                        HasScrollbarYCurr;          // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the current frame.
    bool                        HasScrollbarYPrev;          // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the previous.
    bool                        MemoryCompacted;
    bool                        HostSkipItems;              // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis

    ImGuiTable()                { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; }
    ~ImGuiTable()               { IM_FREE(RawData); }
};

// Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table).
// - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure.
// - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics.
// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs.
// sizeof() ~ 176 bytes.
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData
{
    ImGuiID                     WindowID;                   // Shortcut to g.Tables[TableIndex]->OuterWindow->ID.
    int                         TableIndex;                 // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool
    float                       LastTimeActive;             // Last timestamp this structure was used
    float                       AngledHeadersExtraWidth;    // Used in EndTable()
    ImVector<ImGuiTableHeaderData> AngledHeadersRequests;   // Used in TableAngledHeadersRow() // FIXME: Single instance is enough?

    // Topology change
    ImVector<ImGuiTableReconcileColumnData> ReconcileColumnsRequests; // Used in TableSetupColumn(), TableUpdateLayout(). Cleared every frame.
    void*                       OldColumnsRawData;          // Used in BeginTable() -> TableUpdateLayout() when resizing.
    ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn>    OldColumnsData;

    ImVec2                      UserOuterSize;              // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable()
    ImDrawListSplitter          DrawSplitter;

    ImRect                      HostBackupWorkRect;         // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
    ImRect                      HostBackupParentWorkRect;   // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
    ImVec2                      HostBackupPrevLineSize;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
    ImVec2                      HostBackupCurrLineSize;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
    ImVec2                      HostBackupCursorMaxPos;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable()
    ImVec1                      HostBackupColumnsOffset;    // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable()
    float                       HostBackupItemWidth;        // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable()
    int                         HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;//Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable()

    ImGuiTableTempData()        { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; }
};

// sizeof() ~ 16
struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings
{
    float                   WidthOrWeight;
    ImGuiID                 ID;
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     Index;
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     DisplayOrder;
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     SortOrder;
    ImU8                    SortDirection : 2;
    ImS8                    IsEnabled : 2;  // "Visible" in .ini file
    ImU8                    IsStretch : 1;
    bool                    IsLoaded : 1;   // Using during loading to mark finding a matching column.

    ImGuiTableColumnSettings()
    {
        WidthOrWeight = 0.0f;
        ID = 0;
        Index = -1;
        DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1;
        SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
        IsEnabled = -1;
        IsStretch = 0;
        IsLoaded = false;
    }
};

// This is designed to be stored in a single ImChunkStream (1 header followed by N ImGuiTableColumnSettings, etc.)
struct ImGuiTableSettings
{
    ImGuiID                     ID;                     // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting
    ImGuiTableFlags             SaveFlags;              // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags (could be using its own flags..)
    float                       RefScale;               // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsCount;
    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsCountMax;        // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher
    ImGuiPackedDate             LastUsedDate;
    bool                        WantApply : 1;          // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context)

    ImGuiTableSettings()        { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
    ImGuiTableColumnSettings*   GetColumnSettings()     { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); }
};

namespace ImGui
{  
    // Tables: Candidates for public API
    IMGUI_API void          TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1);
    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width);
    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs);
    IMGUI_API int           TableGetHoveredRow();       // Retrieve *PREVIOUS FRAME* hovered row. This difference with TableGetHoveredColumn() is the reason why this is not public yet.
    IMGUI_API float         TableGetHeaderRowHeight();
    IMGUI_API float         TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth();
    IMGUI_API void          TablePushBackgroundChannel();
    IMGUI_API void          TablePopBackgroundChannel();
    IMGUI_API void          TablePushColumnChannel(int column_n);
    IMGUI_API void          TablePopColumnChannel();
    IMGUI_API void          TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count);

    // Tables: Internals
    inline    ImGuiTable*   GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; }
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTable*   TableFindByID(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f);
    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count);
    IMGUI_API void          TableApplyQueuedRequests(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableReconcileColumns(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableApplyExternalUnclipRect(ImGuiTable* table, ImRect& rect);
    IMGUI_API void          TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display);
    IMGUI_API bool          TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
    inline ImGuiTableInstanceData*  TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; }
    inline ImGuiID                  TableGetInstanceID(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no)   { return TableGetInstanceData(table, instance_no)->TableInstanceID; }
    IMGUI_API void          TableFixDisplayOrder(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableInitColumnDefaults(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags init_mask);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column);
    IMGUI_API void          TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
    IMGUI_API float         TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
    IMGUI_API void          TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API ImRect        TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
    IMGUI_API const char*   TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0);
    IMGUI_API float         TableCalcMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnDisplayOrder(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int dst_order);
    IMGUI_API void          TableQueueSetColumnDisplayOrder(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int dst_order);
    IMGUI_API void          TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* table);
    IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactSettings();

    // Tables: Settings
    IMGUI_API void                  TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void                  TableLoadSettingsForColumns(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void                  TableLoadSettingsForColumn(ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings, ImGuiTableFlags load_flags);
    IMGUI_API void                  TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void                  TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void                  TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id);

    // Legacy Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API)
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect);
    IMGUI_API void          BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns().
    IMGUI_API void          EndColumns();                                                               // close columns
    IMGUI_API void          PushColumnClipRect(int column_index);
    IMGUI_API void          PushColumnsBackground();
    IMGUI_API void          PopColumnsBackground();
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm);
    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset);
}

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
// No guarantee of forward compatibility here!
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace ImGui
{
    // Windows
    // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window)
    // If this ever crashes because g.CurrentWindow is NULL, it means that either:
    // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal.
    // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiIO&         GetIO(ImGuiContext* ctx);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIO(ImGuiContext* ctx);
    inline    float         GetScale()                  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.Style._MainScale; } // FIXME-DPI: I don't want to formalize this just yet. Because reasons. Please don't use.
    inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindowRead()      { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; }
    inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindow()          { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; }
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByName(const char* name);
    IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window);
    IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy, bool dock_hierarchy);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowInBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size);
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window);
    inline void             SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) { window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = parent_window; } // You may also use SetNextWindowClass()'s FocusRouteParentWindowId field.
    inline ImRect           WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); }
    inline ImRect           WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); }
    inline ImVec2           WindowPosAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p)  { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x - off.x, p.y - off.y); }
    inline ImVec2           WindowPosRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p)  { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x + off.x, p.y + off.y); }

    // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order
    IMGUI_API void          FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags);
    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* above_window);
    IMGUI_API int           FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window);

    // Windows: Idle, Refresh Policies [EXPERIMENTAL]
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags);

    // Fonts, drawing
    IMGUI_API void          RegisterUserTexture(ImTextureData* tex); // Register external texture. EXPERIMENTAL.
    IMGUI_API void          UnregisterUserTexture(ImTextureData* tex);
    IMGUI_API void          RegisterFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
    IMGUI_API void          UnregisterFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font, float font_size_before_scaling, float font_size_after_scaling);
    IMGUI_API void          UpdateCurrentFontSize(float restore_font_size_after_scaling);
    IMGUI_API void          SetFontRasterizerDensity(float rasterizer_density);
    inline float            GetFontRasterizerDensity() { return GImGui->FontRasterizerDensity; }
    inline float            GetRoundedFontSize(float size) { return IM_ROUND(size); }
    IMGUI_API ImFont*       GetDefaultFont();
    IMGUI_API void          PushPasswordFont();
    IMGUI_API void          PopPasswordFont();
    inline ImDrawList*      GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { return GetForegroundDrawList(window->Viewport); }
    IMGUI_API void          AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);

    // Init
    IMGUI_API void          Initialize();
    IMGUI_API void          Shutdown();    // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext().

    // Context name & generic context hooks
    IMGUI_API void          SetContextName(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook);
    IMGUI_API void          RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_to_remove);
    IMGUI_API void          CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType type);

    // NewFrame
    IMGUI_API void          UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs);
    IMGUI_API void          UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(const ImVec2& mouse_pos);
    IMGUI_API void          FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window);
    IMGUI_API void          StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool undock);
    IMGUI_API void          StopMouseMovingWindow();
    IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
    IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();

    // Viewports
    IMGUI_API void          TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos, const ImVec2& old_size, const ImVec2& new_size);
    IMGUI_API void          ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale);
    IMGUI_API void          DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
    IMGUI_API const ImGuiPlatformMonitor*   GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewport* viewport);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiViewportP*               FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(const ImVec2& mouse_platform_pos);

    // Settings
    IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty();
    IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void                  ClearIniSettings();
    IMGUI_API void                  CleanupIniSettings(ImGuiSettingsCleanupArgs* args); // [BETA] Expected to turn into a public API. Please report if you are using this!
    IMGUI_API void                  AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);
    IMGUI_API void                  RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);

    // Settings - Windows
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void                  ClearWindowSettings(const char* name);

    // Localization
    IMGUI_API void          LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count);
    inline const char*      LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const char* msg = g.LocalizationTable[key]; return msg ? msg : "*Missing Text*"; }

    // Scrolling
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x);
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y);
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio);
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio);

    // Early work-in-progress API (ScrollToItem() will become public)
    IMGUI_API void          ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0);
//#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    inline void             ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect) { ScrollToRect(window, rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY); }
//#endif

    // Basic Accessors
    inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; }
    inline ImGuiID          GetActiveID()   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; }
    inline ImGuiID          GetFocusID()    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; }
    IMGUI_API void          SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          ClearActiveID();
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetHoveredID();
    IMGUI_API void          SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API void          KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API void          MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id);     // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
    IMGUI_API void          PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);     // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes)
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed);

    // Basic Helpers for widget code
    IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
    inline void             ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min.
    IMGUI_API bool          ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API void          SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect);
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h);
    IMGUI_API float         CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x);
    IMGUI_API void          PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full);
    IMGUI_API void          ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess, float width_min);
    IMGUI_API void          CalcClipRectVisibleItemsY(const ImRect& clip_rect, const ImVec2& pos, float items_height, int* out_visible_start, int* out_visible_end);

    // Parameter stacks (shared)
    IMGUI_API const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx);
    IMGUI_API void          BeginDisabledOverrideReenable();
    IMGUI_API void          EndDisabledOverrideReenable();

    // Logging/Capture
    IMGUI_API void          LogBegin(ImGuiLogFlags flags, int auto_open_depth);         // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name.
    IMGUI_API void          LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1);                      // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer
    IMGUI_API void          LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix);

    // Childs
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);

    // Popups, Modals
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupMenuEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
    IMGUI_API bool          OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None);
    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
    IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupsExceptModals();
    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags);
    IMGUI_API ImRect        GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostPopupModal();
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();
    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseButton GetMouseButtonFromPopupFlags(ImGuiPopupFlags flags);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpenRequestForItem(ImGuiPopupFlags flags, ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpenRequestForWindow(ImGuiPopupFlags flags);

    // Tooltips
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltipHidden();

    // Menus
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled = true);
    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);

    // Combos
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags);
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginComboPreview();
    IMGUI_API void          EndComboPreview();

    // Keyboard/Gamepad Navigation
    IMGUI_API void          NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit);
    IMGUI_API void          NavInitRequestApplyResult();
    IMGUI_API bool          NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet();
    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags);
    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags);
    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, const ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data);
    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestCancel();
    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestApplyResult();
    IMGUI_API void          NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
    IMGUI_API void          NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API void          NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis);
    IMGUI_API void          SetNavCursorVisibleAfterMove();
    IMGUI_API void          NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
    IMGUI_API void          SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel);
    IMGUI_API void          SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id);

    // Focus/Activation
    // This should be part of a larger set of API: FocusItem(offset = -1), FocusItemByID(id), ActivateItem(offset = -1), ActivateItemByID(id) etc. which are
    // much harder to design and implement than expected. I have a couple of private branches on this matter but it's not simple. For now implementing the easy ones.
    IMGUI_API void          FocusItem();                    // Focus last item (no selection/activation).
    IMGUI_API void          ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id);   // Activate an item by ID (button, checkbox, tree node etc.). Activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. Was called 'ActivateItem()' before 1.89.7.

    // Inputs
    // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions.
    inline bool             IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; }
    inline bool             IsNamedKeyOrMod(ImGuiKey key)               { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super; }
    inline bool             IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key)                   { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; }
    inline bool             IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key)                 { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; }
    inline bool             IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key)                  { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; }
    inline bool             IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; }
    inline bool             IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; }
    inline bool             IsLRModKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; }
    ImGuiKeyChord           FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
    inline ImGuiKey         ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key)
    {
        if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl;
        if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift;
        if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt;
        if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper;
        return key;
    }

    IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key);
    inline ImGuiKeyData*    GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key)                                    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return GetKeyData(&g, key); }
    IMGUI_API const char*   GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
    inline ImGuiKey         MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button)                   { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); }
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down);
    IMGUI_API float         GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis);
    IMGUI_API int           CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate);
    IMGUI_API void          GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate);
    IMGUI_API void          TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos);
    IMGUI_API void          SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
    inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir)                         { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; }

    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership
    // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id.
    // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead).
    // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
    // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0).
    // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore:
    //   - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case).
    //   - for ownership registration happening ahead of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call needs to be made every frame (happens if e.g. claiming ownership on hover).
    // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state.
    // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step.
    //   Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);
    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags);
    IMGUI_API bool          TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);               // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id'
    inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)          { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; }

    // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership
    // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag.
    // - Expected to be later promoted to public API, the prototypes are designed to replace existing ones (since owner_id can default to Any == 0)
    // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'.
    //   Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
    // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);    // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requires explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);

    // Shortcut Testing & Routing
    // - Set Shortcut() and SetNextItemShortcut() in imgui.h
    // - When a policy (except for ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(),
    //   allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls.
    //   (* using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key) and bypassing route registration and check)
    // - When using one of the routing option:
    //   - The default route is ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.)
    //   - Routes are requested given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy.
    //   - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame.
    //   - Each route may be granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route (e.g. deep most window).
    //   - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id can all access the granted route.
    //   - When owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a owner ID in order to identify our location.
    // - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute()
    //   e.g. if you have a tool window associated to a document, and you want document shortcuts to run when the tool is focused.
    IMGUI_API bool          Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id);
    IMGUI_API bool          SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0
    IMGUI_API bool          TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);

    // Docking
    // (some functions are only declared in imgui.cpp, see Docking section)
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextInitialize(ImGuiContext* ctx);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextShutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextClearNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs); // Use root_id==0 to clear all
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextRebuildNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextEndFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       DockContextGenNodeID(ImGuiContext* ctx);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextQueueDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, float split_ratio, bool split_outer);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref = true);
    IMGUI_API void          DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node);
    IMGUI_API bool          DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode*DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API void          DockNodeWindowMenuHandler_Default(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
    IMGUI_API bool          DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node);
    IMGUI_API void          DockNodeEndAmendTabBar();
    inline ImGuiDockNode*   DockNodeGetRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node)                 { while (node->ParentNode) node = node->ParentNode; return node; }
    inline bool             DockNodeIsInHierarchyOf(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNode* parent) { while (node) { if (node == parent) return true; node = node->ParentNode; } return false; }
    inline int              DockNodeGetDepth(const ImGuiDockNode* node)              { int depth = 0; while (node->ParentNode) { node = node->ParentNode; depth++; } return depth; }
    inline ImGuiID          DockNodeGetWindowMenuButtonId(const ImGuiDockNode* node) { return ImHashStr("#COLLAPSE", 0, node->ID); }
    inline ImGuiDockNode*   GetWindowDockNode()                                      { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DockNode; }
    IMGUI_API bool          GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open);
    IMGUI_API void          BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowDock(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond);

    // Docking - Builder function needs to be generally called before the node is used/submitted.
    // - The DockBuilderXXX functions are designed to _eventually_ become a public API, but it is too early to expose it and guarantee stability.
    // - Do not hold on ImGuiDockNode* pointers! They may be invalidated by any split/merge/remove operation and every frame.
    // - To create a DockSpace() node, make sure to set the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace flag when calling DockBuilderAddNode().
    //   You can create dockspace nodes (attached to a window) _or_ floating nodes (carry its own window) with this API.
    // - DockBuilderSplitNode() create 2 child nodes within 1 node. The initial node becomes a parent node.
    // - If you intend to split the node immediately after creation using DockBuilderSplitNode(), make sure
    //   to call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() beforehand. If you don't, the resulting split sizes may not be reliable.
    // - Call DockBuilderFinish() after you are done.
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderDockWindow(const char* window_name, ImGuiID node_id);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode*DockBuilderGetNode(ImGuiID node_id);
    inline ImGuiDockNode*   DockBuilderGetCentralNode(ImGuiID node_id)              { ImGuiDockNode* node = DockBuilderGetNode(node_id); if (!node) return NULL; return DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->CentralNode; }
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID node_id = 0, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderRemoveNode(ImGuiID node_id);                 // Remove node and all its child, undock all windows
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID node_id, bool clear_settings_refs = true);
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID node_id);       // Remove all split/hierarchy. All remaining docked windows will be re-docked to the remaining root node (node_id).
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderSetNodePos(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 pos);
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       DockBuilderSplitNode(ImGuiID node_id, ImGuiDir split_dir, float size_ratio_for_node_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_opposite_dir); // Create 2 child nodes in this parent node.
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_dockspace_id, ImVector<const char*>* in_window_remap_pairs);
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderCopyNode(ImGuiID src_node_id, ImGuiID dst_node_id, ImVector<ImGuiID>* out_node_remap_pairs);
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(const char* src_name, const char* dst_name);
    IMGUI_API void          DockBuilderFinish(ImGuiID node_id);

    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope
    // This is generally used to identify a unique input location (for e.g. a selection set)
    // There is one per window (automatically set in Begin), but:
    // - Selection patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear a selection) when landing on one item of the set.
    //   So in order to identify a set multiple lists in same window may each need a focus scope.
    //   If you imagine an hypothetical BeginSelectionGroup()/EndSelectionGroup() api, it would likely call PushFocusScope()/EndFocusScope()
    // - Shortcut routing also use focus scope as a default location identifier if an owner is not provided.
    // We don't use the ID Stack for this as it is common to want them separate.
    IMGUI_API void          PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API void          PopFocusScope();
    IMGUI_API bool          IsInNavFocusRoute(ImGuiID focus_scope_id);
    inline ImGuiID          GetCurrentFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentFocusScopeId; }   // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope()

    // Drag and Drop
    IMGUI_API bool          IsDragDropActive();
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropTargetViewport(ImGuiViewport* viewport, const ImRect* p_bb = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          ClearDragDrop();
    IMGUI_API bool          IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted();
    IMGUI_API void          RenderDragDropTargetRectForItem(const ImRect& bb);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderDragDropTargetRectEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, float rounding);

    // Typing-Select API
    // (provide Windows Explorer style "select items by typing partial name" + "cycle through items by typing same letter" feature)
    // (this is currently not documented nor used by main library, but should work. See "widgets_typingselect" in imgui_test_suite for usage code. Please let us know if you use this!)
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags = ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None);
    IMGUI_API int           TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx);
    IMGUI_API int           TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx);
    IMGUI_API int           TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data);

    // Box-Select API
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID box_select_id, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags);
    IMGUI_API void          EndBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags);

    // Multi-Select API
    IMGUI_API void          MultiSelectItemHeader(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, ImGuiButtonFlags* p_button_flags);
    IMGUI_API void          MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags extra_flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          MultiSelectAddSetAll(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected);
    IMGUI_API void          MultiSelectAddSetRange(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected, int range_dir, ImGuiSelectionUserData first_item, ImGuiSelectionUserData last_item);
    inline ImGuiBoxSelectState*     GetBoxSelectState(ImGuiID id)   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.BoxSelectState.ID == id && g.BoxSelectState.IsActive) ? &g.BoxSelectState : NULL; }
    inline ImGuiMultiSelectState*   GetMultiSelectState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.MultiSelectStorage.GetByKey(id); }

    // Tab Bars
    inline    ImGuiTabBar*  GetCurrentTabBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTabBar; }
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar*  TabBarFindByID(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API void          TabBarRemove(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
    inline int              TabBarGetTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { return tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); }
    IMGUI_API const char*   TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
    IMGUI_API void          TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
    IMGUI_API void          TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* tab_name);
    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset);
    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos);
    IMGUI_API bool          TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window);
    IMGUI_API void          TabItemSpacing(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, float width);
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker);
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col);
    IMGUI_API void          TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped);

    // Render helpers
    // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT.
    // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally)
    IMGUI_API void          RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool borders = true, float rounding = 0.0f);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderColorComponentMarker(const ImRect& bb, ImU32 col, float rounding);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderNavCursor(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags flags = ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_None, float rounding = -1.0f); // Navigation highlight
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    inline    void          RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags flags = ImGuiNavRenderCursorFlags_None) { RenderNavCursor(bb, id, flags); } // Renamed in 1.91.4
#endif
    IMGUI_API const char*   FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text.
    IMGUI_API void          RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow);

    // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!)
    IMGUI_API void          RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderArrowDockMenu(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, float sz, ImU32 col);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderRectFilledInRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float fill_x0, float fill_x1, float rounding);
    IMGUI_API void          RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding);
    IMGUI_API ImDrawFlags   CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(const ImRect& r_in, const ImRect& r_outer, float threshold);

    // Widgets: Text
    IMGUI_API void          TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          TextAligned(float align_x, float size_x, const char* fmt, ...);               // FIXME-WIP: Works but API is likely to be reworked. This is designed for 1 item on the line. (#7024)
    IMGUI_API void          TextAlignedV(float align_x, float size_x, const char* fmt, va_list args);

    // Widgets
    IMGUI_API bool          ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureRef tex_ref, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness = 1.0f);
    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width);
    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value);
    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value);

    // Widgets: Window Decorations
    IMGUI_API bool          CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
    IMGUI_API bool          CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node);
    IMGUI_API void          Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis);
    IMGUI_API bool          ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 avail_v, ImS64 contents_v, ImDrawFlags draw_rounding_flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API ImRect        GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir);
    IMGUI_API void          ExtendHitBoxWhenNearViewportEdge(ImGuiWindow* window, ImRect* bb, float threshold, ImGuiAxis axis);

    // Widgets low-level behaviors
    IMGUI_API bool          ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
    IMGUI_API bool          SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f, ImU32 bg_col = 0);

    // Widgets: Tree Nodes
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          TreeNodeDrawLineToChildNode(const ImVec2& target_pos);
    IMGUI_API void          TreeNodeDrawLineToTreePop(const ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* data);
    IMGUI_API void          TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API void          TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, bool open);
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags);   // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging.

    // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types.
    // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036).
    // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT<float, float>(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); "
    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size);
    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API T     ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size);
    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags);
    template<typename T, typename SIGNED_T, typename FLOAT_T>   IMGUI_API bool  SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb);
    template<typename T>                                        IMGUI_API T     RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v);
    template<typename T>                                        IMGUI_API bool  CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value);

    // Data type helpers
    IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo*  DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type);
    IMGUI_API int           DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format);
    IMGUI_API void          DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty = NULL);
    IMGUI_API int           DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max);
    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeIsZero(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data);

    // InputText
    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id);
    IMGUI_API bool          TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
    IMGUI_API bool          TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL);
    inline bool             TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id)       { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.TempInputId == id && g.ActiveId == id) || (g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID == id); }
    inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id)   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data);
    inline bool             IsItemActiveAsInputText() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.InputTextState.ID == g.LastItemData.ID; } // This may be useful to apply workaround that a based on distinguish whenever an item is active as a text input field.

    // Color
    IMGUI_API void          ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
    IMGUI_API void          ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
    IMGUI_API void          ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
    inline void             SetNextItemColorMarker(ImU32 col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.NextItemData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasColorMarker; g.NextItemData.ColorMarker = col; }

    // Plot
    IMGUI_API int           PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg);

    // Shade functions (write over already created vertices)
    IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1);
    IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp);
    IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out);

    // Garbage collection
    IMGUI_API void          GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();
    IMGUI_API void          GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
    IMGUI_API void          GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);

    // Error handling, State Recovery
    IMGUI_API bool          ErrorLog(const char* msg);
    IMGUI_API void          ErrorRecoveryStoreState(ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_out);
    IMGUI_API void          ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in);
    IMGUI_API void          ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in);
    IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
    IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckEndFrameFinalizeErrorTooltip();
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginErrorTooltip();
    IMGUI_API void          EndErrorTooltip();

    // Demo Doc Marker for e.g. imgui_explorer
    IMGUI_API void          DemoMarker(const char* file, int line, const char* section);

    // Debug Tools
    IMGUI_API void          DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size); // size >= 0 : alloc, size = -1 : free
    IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
    IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
    IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
    IMGUI_API void          DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id);                     // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time!
    IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id);              // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time!
    IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
    IMGUI_API void          DebugBreakClearData();
    IMGUI_API bool          DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location);
    IMGUI_API void          ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
    IMGUI_API ImU64         DebugTextureIDToU64(ImTextureID tex_id);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeFontGlyphsForSrcMask(ImFont* font, ImFontBaked* baked, int src_mask);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTexture(ImTextureData* tex, int int_id, const ImFontAtlasRect* highlight_rect = NULL); // ID used to facilitate persisting the "current" texture.
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiTable* table);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* state);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeMultiSelectState(ImGuiMultiSelectState* state);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodePlatformMonitor(ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor, const char* label, int idx);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list);
    IMGUI_API void          DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb);

    // Obsolete functions
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    //inline void   SetItemUsingMouseWheel()                                            { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); }      // Changed in 1.89
    //inline bool   TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0)    { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); }   // Renamed in 1.89
    //inline bool   IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true)                   { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity!

    // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets which used FocusableItemRegister():
    //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM  < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)'                              and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)'
    //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)'  and 'bool tab_focused = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0'
    //  (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)'     and 'bool tab_focused = (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))'
    //inline bool   FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)              // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd()
    //inline void   FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)                        // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
#endif

} // namespace ImGui


//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImFontLoader
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Hooks and storage for a given font backend.
// This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates.
// Conceptually this could be public, but API is still going to be evolve.
struct ImFontLoader
{
    const char*     Name;
    bool            (*LoaderInit)(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
    void            (*LoaderShutdown)(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
    bool            (*FontSrcInit)(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontConfig* src);
    void            (*FontSrcDestroy)(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontConfig* src);
    bool            (*FontSrcContainsGlyph)(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontConfig* src, ImWchar codepoint);
    bool            (*FontBakedInit)(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontConfig* src, ImFontBaked* baked, void* loader_data_for_baked_src);
    void            (*FontBakedDestroy)(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontConfig* src, ImFontBaked* baked, void* loader_data_for_baked_src);
    bool            (*FontBakedLoadGlyph)(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontConfig* src, ImFontBaked* baked, void* loader_data_for_baked_src, ImWchar codepoint, ImFontGlyph* out_glyph, float* out_advance_x);

    // Size of backend data, Per Baked * Per Source. Buffers are managed by core to avoid excessive allocations.
    // FIXME: At this point the two other types of buffers may be managed by core to be consistent?
    size_t          FontBakedSrcLoaderDataSize;

    ImFontLoader()  { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
IMGUI_API const ImFontLoader* ImFontAtlasGetFontLoaderForStbTruetype();
#endif
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
typedef ImFontLoader ImFontBuilderIO; // [renamed/changed in 1.92.0] The types are not actually compatible but we provide this as a compile-time error report helper.
#endif

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#define IMGUI_FONT_SIZE_MAX                                     (512.0f)
#define IMGUI_FONT_SIZE_THRESHOLD_FOR_LOADADVANCEXONLYMODE      (128.0f)

// Helpers: ImTextureRef ==/!= operators provided as convenience
// (note that _TexID and _TexData are never set simultaneously)
inline bool operator==(const ImTextureRef& lhs, const ImTextureRef& rhs)    { return lhs._TexID == rhs._TexID && lhs._TexData == rhs._TexData; }
inline bool operator!=(const ImTextureRef& lhs, const ImTextureRef& rhs)    { return lhs._TexID != rhs._TexID || lhs._TexData != rhs._TexData; }

// Refer to ImFontAtlasPackGetRect() to better understand how this works.
#define ImFontAtlasRectId_IndexMask_        (0x0007FFFF)    // 20-bits signed: index to access builder->RectsIndex[].
#define ImFontAtlasRectId_GenerationMask_   (0x3FF00000)    // 10-bits: entry generation, so each ID is unique and get can safely detected old identifiers.
#define ImFontAtlasRectId_GenerationShift_  (20)
inline int               ImFontAtlasRectId_GetIndex(ImFontAtlasRectId id)       { return (id & ImFontAtlasRectId_IndexMask_); }
inline unsigned int      ImFontAtlasRectId_GetGeneration(ImFontAtlasRectId id)  { return (unsigned int)(id & ImFontAtlasRectId_GenerationMask_) >> ImFontAtlasRectId_GenerationShift_; }
inline ImFontAtlasRectId ImFontAtlasRectId_Make(int index_idx, int gen_idx)     { IM_ASSERT(index_idx >= 0 && index_idx <= ImFontAtlasRectId_IndexMask_ && gen_idx <= (ImFontAtlasRectId_GenerationMask_ >> ImFontAtlasRectId_GenerationShift_)); return (ImFontAtlasRectId)(index_idx | (gen_idx << ImFontAtlasRectId_GenerationShift_)); }

// Packed rectangle lookup entry (we need an indirection to allow removing/reordering rectangles)
// User are returned ImFontAtlasRectId values which are meant to be persistent.
// We handle this with an indirection. While Rects[] may be in theory shuffled, compacted etc., RectsIndex[] cannot it is keyed by ImFontAtlasRectId.
// RectsIndex[] is used both as an index into Rects[] and an index into itself. This is basically a free-list. See ImFontAtlasBuildAllocRectIndexEntry() code.
// Having this also makes it easier to e.g. sort rectangles during repack.
struct ImFontAtlasRectEntry
{
    int                 TargetIndex : 20;   // When Used: ImFontAtlasRectId -> into Rects[]. When unused: index to next unused RectsIndex[] slot to consume free-list.
    unsigned int        Generation : 10;    // Increased each time the entry is reused for a new rectangle.
    unsigned int        IsUsed : 1;
};

// Data available to potential texture post-processing functions
struct ImFontAtlasPostProcessData
{
    ImFontAtlas*        FontAtlas;
    ImFont*             Font;
    ImFontConfig*       FontSrc;
    ImFontBaked*        FontBaked;
    ImFontGlyph*        Glyph;

    // Pixel data
    void*               Pixels;
    ImTextureFormat     Format;
    int                 Pitch;
    int                 Width;
    int                 Height;
};

// We avoid dragging imstb_rectpack.h into public header (partly because binding generators are having issues with it)
#ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE { struct stbrp_node; }
typedef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE::stbrp_node stbrp_node_im;
#else
struct stbrp_node;
typedef stbrp_node stbrp_node_im;
#endif
struct stbrp_context_opaque { char data[80]; };

// Internal storage for incrementally packing and building a ImFontAtlas
struct ImFontAtlasBuilder
{
    stbrp_context_opaque        PackContext;            // Actually 'stbrp_context' but we don't want to define this in the header file.
    ImVector<stbrp_node_im>     PackNodes;
    ImVector<ImTextureRect>     Rects;
    ImVector<ImFontAtlasRectEntry> RectsIndex;          // ImFontAtlasRectId -> index into Rects[]
    ImVector<unsigned char>     TempBuffer;             // Misc scratch buffer
    int                         RectsIndexFreeListStart;// First unused entry
    int                         RectsPackedCount;       // Number of packed rectangles.
    int                         RectsPackedSurface;     // Number of packed pixels. Used when compacting to heuristically find the ideal texture size.
    int                         RectsDiscardedCount;
    int                         RectsDiscardedSurface;
    int                         FrameCount;             // Current frame count
    ImVec2i                     MaxRectSize;            // Largest rectangle to pack (de-facto used as a "minimum texture size")
    ImVec2i                     MaxRectBounds;          // Bottom-right most used pixels
    bool                        LockDisableResize;      // Disable resizing texture
    bool                        PreloadedAllGlyphsRanges; // Set when missing ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasTextures features forces atlas to preload everything.

    // Cache of all ImFontBaked
    ImStableVector<ImFontBaked,32> BakedPool;
    ImGuiStorage                BakedMap;               // BakedId --> ImFontBaked*
    int                         BakedDiscardedCount;

    // Custom rectangle identifiers
    ImFontAtlasRectId           PackIdMouseCursors;     // White pixel + mouse cursors. Also happen to be fallback in case of packing failure.
    ImFontAtlasRectId           PackIdLinesTexData;

    ImFontAtlasBuilder()        { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); FrameCount = -1; RectsIndexFreeListStart = -1; PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLinesTexData = -1; }
};

IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildDestroy(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildMain(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFontLoader(ImFontAtlas* atlas, const ImFontLoader* font_loader);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildNotifySetFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* old_font, ImFont* new_font);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildUpdatePointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildRenderBitmapFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildClear(ImFontAtlas* atlas); // Clear output and custom rects

IMGUI_API ImTextureData*    ImFontAtlasTextureAdd(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int w, int h);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureMakeSpace(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureRepack(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int w, int h);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureGrow(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int old_w = -1, int old_h = -1);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureCompact(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
IMGUI_API ImVec2i           ImFontAtlasTextureGetSizeEstimate(ImFontAtlas* atlas);

IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFontSpecialGlyphs(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* src);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildLegacyPreloadAllGlyphRanges(ImFontAtlas* atlas); // Legacy
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildGetOversampleFactors(ImFontConfig* src, ImFontBaked* baked, int* out_oversample_h, int* out_oversample_v);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBuildDiscardBakes(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int unused_frames);

IMGUI_API bool              ImFontAtlasFontSourceInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontConfig* src);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasFontSourceAddToFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* src);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasFontDestroySourceData(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontConfig* src);
IMGUI_API bool              ImFontAtlasFontInitOutput(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font); // Using FontDestroyOutput/FontInitOutput sequence useful notably if font loader params have changed
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasFontDestroyOutput(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasFontRebuildOutput(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasFontDiscardBakes(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, int unused_frames);

IMGUI_API ImGuiID           ImFontAtlasBakedGetId(ImGuiID font_id, float baked_size, float rasterizer_density);
IMGUI_API ImFontBaked*      ImFontAtlasBakedGetOrAdd(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, float font_size, float font_rasterizer_density);
IMGUI_API ImFontBaked*      ImFontAtlasBakedGetClosestMatch(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, float font_size, float font_rasterizer_density);
IMGUI_API ImFontBaked*      ImFontAtlasBakedAdd(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, float font_size, float font_rasterizer_density, ImGuiID baked_id);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBakedDiscard(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontBaked* baked);
IMGUI_API ImFontGlyph*      ImFontAtlasBakedAddFontGlyph(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontBaked* baked, ImFontConfig* src, const ImFontGlyph* in_glyph);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBakedAddFontGlyphAdvancedX(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontBaked* baked, ImFontConfig* src, ImWchar codepoint, float advance_x);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBakedDiscardFontGlyph(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontBaked* baked, ImFontGlyph* glyph);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasBakedSetFontGlyphBitmap(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontBaked* baked, ImFontConfig* src, ImFontGlyph* glyph, ImTextureRect* r, const unsigned char* src_pixels, ImTextureFormat src_fmt, int src_pitch);

IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasPackInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
IMGUI_API ImFontAtlasRectId ImFontAtlasPackAddRect(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int w, int h, ImFontAtlasRectEntry* overwrite_entry = NULL);
IMGUI_API ImTextureRect*    ImFontAtlasPackGetRect(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontAtlasRectId id);
IMGUI_API ImTextureRect*    ImFontAtlasPackGetRectSafe(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontAtlasRectId id);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasPackDiscardRect(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFontAtlasRectId id);

IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasUpdateNewFrame(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int frame_count, bool renderer_has_textures);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasAddDrawListSharedData(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImDrawListSharedData* data);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasRemoveDrawListSharedData(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImDrawListSharedData* data);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasUpdateDrawListsTextures(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImTextureRef old_tex, ImTextureRef new_tex);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasUpdateDrawListsSharedData(ImFontAtlas* atlas);

IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureBlockConvert(const unsigned char* src_pixels, ImTextureFormat src_fmt, int src_pitch, unsigned char* dst_pixels, ImTextureFormat dst_fmt, int dst_pitch, int w, int h);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureBlockPostProcess(ImFontAtlasPostProcessData* data);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureBlockPostProcessMultiply(ImFontAtlasPostProcessData* data, float multiply_factor);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureBlockFill(ImTextureData* dst_tex, int dst_x, int dst_y, int w, int h, ImU32 col);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureBlockCopy(ImTextureData* src_tex, int src_x, int src_y, ImTextureData* dst_tex, int dst_x, int dst_y, int w, int h);
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasTextureBlockQueueUpload(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImTextureData* tex, int x, int y, int w, int h);

IMGUI_API bool              ImTextureDataUpdateNewFrame(ImTextureData* tex);
IMGUI_API void              ImTextureDataQueueUpload(ImTextureData* tex, int x, int y, int w, int h);
IMGUI_API int               ImTextureDataGetFormatBytesPerPixel(ImTextureFormat format);
IMGUI_API const char*       ImTextureDataGetStatusName(ImTextureStatus status);
IMGUI_API const char*       ImTextureDataGetFormatName(ImTextureFormat format);

#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
IMGUI_API void              ImFontAtlasDebugLogTextureRequests(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
#endif

IMGUI_API bool      ImFontAtlasGetMouseCursorTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]);

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiLastItemData* item_data);           // item_data may be NULL
extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags);
extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...);
extern const char*  ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id);

// In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18934: changed IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb,id) to IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id,bb,item_data);
#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_ID,_BB,_ITEM_DATA)      if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _ID, _BB, _ITEM_DATA)    // Register item bounding box
#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)    // Register item label and status flags (optional)
#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...)                     ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__)                                      // Custom log entry from user land into test log
#else
#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_ID,_BB,_ITEM_DATA)      ((void)0)
#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      ((void)g)
#endif

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#if defined(__clang__)
#pragma clang diagnostic pop
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
#endif

#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (pop)
#endif

#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE